EC Urvan 2016
EC Urvan 2016
EC Urvan 2016
EC
A
EC
SECTION
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM C
E
CONTENTS
VQ40DE EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid F
Valve ........................................................................30
PRECAUTION .............................................. 14 EVAP Canister Vent Control Valve ..........................30
EVAP Control System Pressure Sensor ..................30 G
PRECAUTIONS ..................................................14 Fuel Injector .............................................................30
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System Fuel Level Sensor ....................................................30
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- Fuel Pump ...............................................................31
SIONER" ................................................................. 14 H
Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor ...............................31
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover.... 14 Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 ........................................31
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater ............................32
and A/T .................................................................... 14 Ignition Coil ..............................................................32 I
General Precautions ............................................... 15 Intake Air Temperature Sensor ...............................32
Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve ...........33
PREPARATION ........................................... 18 Knock Sensor ..........................................................33 J
PREPARATION ..................................................18 Malfunction Indicator Lamp .....................................33
Special Service Tool ............................................... 18 Mass Air Flow Sensor ..............................................33
Commercial Service Tool ........................................ 19 Power Steering Pressure Sensor ............................33
K
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor ...................................34
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ............................. 20 Throttle Control Motor ..............................................34
Throttle Control Motor Relay ...................................34
COMPONENT PARTS .......................................20 Throttle Position Sensor ..........................................34 L
VIAS Control Solenoid Valve ...................................34
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ................................... 20
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts STRUCTURE AND OPERATION ..................... 35 M
Location ................................................................... 20 Positive Crankcase Ventilation ................................35
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component De- On Board Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR) ........36
scription ................................................................... 25
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor .......................... 26 SYSTEM ............................................................ 37 N
Air Fuel Ratio Sensor 1 ........................................... 26
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ...................................37
Air Fuel Ratio Sensor 1 Heater ............................... 27
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Diagram....37
ASCD Brake Switch ................................................ 27 O
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Descrip-
ASCD Indicator ....................................................... 27
ASCD Steering Switch ............................................ 27 tion ...........................................................................38
Stop Lamp Switch ................................................... 27 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM ................38 P
Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) ....................... 28 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM :
Cooling Fan ............................................................. 28 System Diagram .....................................................38
Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) .......................... 28 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : Sys-
ECM ........................................................................ 29 tem Description ........................................................39
Electric Throttle Control Actuator ............................ 29
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ...................... 29 ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM .................................41
U0101 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ........................... 172 P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR .......................... 203
Description ............................................................ 172 DTC Logic .............................................................. 203
H
DTC Logic ............................................................. 172 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 203
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 172 Component Inspection ........................................... 204
U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ........................... 173 P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ............................ 205 I
Description ............................................................ 173 DTC Logic .............................................................. 205
DTC Logic ............................................................. 173 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 205
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 173 Component Inspection ........................................... 207 J
P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL .......................... 174 P0125 ECT SENSOR ...................................... 209
DTC Logic ............................................................. 174 DTC Logic .............................................................. 209
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 175 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 210 K
Component Inspection .......................................... 176 Component Inspection ........................................... 210
P0030, P0031, P0032, P0036, P0051, P0052 P0127 IAT SENSOR ....................................... 211 L
A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER ................................. 178 DTC Logic .............................................................. 211
DTC Logic ............................................................. 178 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 211
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 178 Component Inspection ........................................... 212
Component Inspection .......................................... 179 M
P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION ................. 213
P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEAT- DTC Logic .............................................................. 213
ER ..................................................................... 181 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 214 N
DTC Logic ............................................................. 181 Component Inspection ........................................... 214
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 181
Component Inspection .......................................... 182
P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1 ........................ 216
DTC Logic .............................................................. 216 O
P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID Component Function Check .................................. 217
VALVE .............................................................. 184 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 218
DTC Logic ............................................................. 184 P
P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1 ........................ 220
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 184
DTC Logic .............................................................. 220
Component Inspection .......................................... 185
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 221
P0101 MAF SENSOR ....................................... 186
P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1 ........................ 223
Description ............................................................ 186
DTC Logic .............................................................. 223
DTC Logic ............................................................. 186
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 224
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 187
P2138 APP SENSOR ...................................... 858 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS .... 894
Symptom Table ..................................................... 894
DTC Logic ..............................................................858
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................858 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............... 898
Component Inspection ...........................................861 Description ............................................................ 898
P219A, P219B AIR FUEL RATIO .................... 863 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ...................... 899
DTC Logic ..............................................................863
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................864 IDLE SPEED ..................................................... 899
Inspection .............................................................. 899
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH .................................. 869
Component Function Check ..................................869 IGNITION TIMING ............................................. 900
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................869 Inspection .............................................................. 900
Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch) .......870
EVAP LEAK CHECK ........................................ 901
ASCD INDICATOR .......................................... 872 Inspection .............................................................. 901
Component Function Check ..................................872
PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000012524193
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SR and SB section of this Service Man-
ual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SR section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-
ness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Igni-
tion ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery and wait at least three minutes before performing any service.
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000012524194
When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc to prevent damage to
windshield.
PIIB3706J
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will illuminate the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
• Always turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery cable before any repair or
inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will cause
the MIL to illuminate.
• Always connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MIL to illuminate due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
JSBIA1315ZZ
SEF348N
SEC893C
D
• Never depress accelerator pedal when starting.
• Immediately after starting, never rev up engine unnecessarily.
• Never rev up engine just prior to shutdown. E
G
SEF709Y
PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000012524197
The actual shapes of TechMate tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(TechMate No.) Description
Tool name
EG17650301 Adapts radiator cap tester to radiator cap and radi-
(J-33984-A) ator filler neck
Radiator cap tester a: 28 (1.10) dia.
adapter b: 31.4 (1.236) dia.
c: 41.3 (1.626) dia.
Unit: mm (in)
S-NT564
LEC642
LBIA0376E
PBIC0198E
Tool name
Description
(TechMate No.)
EC
Leak detector Locates the EVAP leak
i.e.: (J-41416)
D
S-NT703
S-NT704
G
Fuel filler cap adapter Checks fuel tank vacuum relief valve opening
i.e.: (J-42909) pressure
I
ALBIA1353ZZ
S-NT705
P
S-NT779
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
COMPONENT PARTS
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000012524199
ALBIA0726ZZ
N
ALBIA0733ZZ
ALBIA0734ZZ
1. Power steering pressure sensor 2. Injector harness connector (bank 2) 3. Injector harness connector (bank 1)
(view with intake manifold collector (view with intake manifold collector
removed) removed)
4. Ignition coils (bank 1) (with power 5. Ignition coils (bank 2) (with power 6. EVAP canister purge volume control
transistor) transistor) solenoid valve
7. Intake valve timing control solenoid 8. EVAP service port 9. EVAP control system pressure sen-
valve (bank 2) sor
10. EVAP canister vent control valve 11. EVAP canister 12. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor (bank 1)
(view through fender cover RH)
13. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 14. Intake manifold collector 15. Intake valve timing control solenoid
valve (bank 1)
: Vehicle front
EC
L
ALBIA0735ZZ
ALBIA0736ZZ
1. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (bank 1) 2. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (bank 2) 3. Three-way catalyst (manifold) (bank
2)
4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) 5. Three-way catalyst (under floor) 6. Muffler
(bank 2)
7. Three-way catalyst (under floor) 8. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1) 9. Three-way catalyst (manifold) (bank
(bank 1) 1)
: Vehicle front
EC
I
ALBIA0737ZZ
L
Component Reference
A/F sensor 1 EC-26, "Air Fuel Ratio Sensor 1"
A/F sensor 1 heater EC-27, "Air Fuel Ratio Sensor 1 Heater" M
Accelerator pedal position sensor EC-26, "Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor"
ASCD brake switch EC-374, "Description"
N
ASCD steering switch EC-27, "ASCD Steering Switch"
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC-28, "Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE)"
Cooling fan motor EC-28, "Cooling Fan" O
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-28, "Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS)"
Electric throttle control actuator EC-29, "Electric Throttle Control Actuator"
Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-29, "Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor" P
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve EC-30, "EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid Valve"
EVAP canister vent control valve EC-30, "EVAP Canister Vent Control Valve"
EVAP control system pressure sensor EC-30, "EVAP Control System Pressure Sensor"
Fuel injector EC-30, "Fuel Injector"
Fuel level sensor EC-30, "Fuel Level Sensor"
The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sen-
sor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an elec-
trode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range.
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at
the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current
relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocar-
bon density in rich.
JPBIA4038GB
JPBIA5446GB
D
Air Fuel Ratio Sensor 1 Heater INFOID:0000000012524203
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION E
J
ASCD operation status is indicated by two indicators (CRUISE and SET) and CRUISE lamp in combination
meter.
CRUISE indicator is displayed to indicated that ASCD system is ready for operation when MAIN switch on
ASCD steering switch is turned ON. K
SET indicator is displayed when the following conditions are met.
• CRUISE indicator is displayed.
• COAST/SET switch on ASCD steering switch is turned ON while vehicle speed is within the range of the L
ASCD setting.
SET indicator is displayed during ASCD control.
Refer to EC-43, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Description" for the ASCD func-
M
tion.
ASCD Steering Switch INFOID:0000000012524206
N
ASCD steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance for each button. ECM reads voltage variation
of switch, and determines which button is operated.
Refer to EC-43, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Description" for the ASCD func-
tion. O
Stop lamp switch signal is applied to the ECM through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is P
depressed. This signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is being driven.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes.
ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure.
PBIB2744E
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
Cooling Fan Motor
The cooling fan operates at each speed when the current flows in the cooling fan motor as follows.
EC
PBIB2744E
D
ECM INFOID:0000000012524211
PBIB1164E
H
Electric Throttle Control Actuator INFOID:0000000012524212
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve. I
The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve position and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM. The
ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and controls the throttle valve
opening angle properly in response to driving condition via the throttle control motor. J
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000012524213
SEF594K
N
<Reference data>
O
Engine coolant temperature
Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)
[°C (°F)]
−10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4 P
20 (68) 3.5 2.10 - 2.90
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals.
SEF012P
PBIB2057E
The EVAP canister vent control valve is located on the EVAP canis-
ter and is used to seal the canister vent.
This solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the
ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized.
A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability to seal
the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative
emission control system components.
This solenoid valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains
opened.
When the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evapo-
rative emission control system is depressurized and allows “EVAP
Control System” diagnosis.
PBIB1263E
PBIB3370E
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injec-
tor is energized. The energized coil pulls the ball valve back and
allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake manifold.
The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse dura-
tion. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains
open. The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on
engine fuel needs.
SEF375Z
The fuel level sensor is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit.
Fluid temperature L
Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)
[°C (°F)]
20 (68) 3.5 2.3 - 2.7 SEF012P
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by the power transistor. The power transistor turns
ON and OFF the ignition coil primary circuit. This ON/OFF operation induces the proper high voltage in the coil
secondary circuit.
Intake Air Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000012524224
The intake air temperature sensor is built-into the mass air flow sen-
sor (1). The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a
signal to the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the rise in temperature.
PBIA9559J
<Reference data>
SEF012P
A
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF
pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM.
The intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil EC
amount and direction of flow through intake valve timing control unit
or stops oil flow.
The longer pulse width advances valve angle.
The shorter pulse width retards valve angle. C
When ON and OFF pulse widths become equal, the solenoid valve
stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control
position. D
PBIB1842E
JSBIA1315ZZ J
The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. It K
measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire
intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the
hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is L
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The greater air flow, the
greater the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The M
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.
N
PBIA9559J
O
Power steering pressure (PSP) sensor is installed to the power steering high-pressure tube and detects a
power steering load.
This sensor is a potentiometer which transforms the power steering load into output voltage, and emits the
voltage signal to the ECM. The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator and adjusts the throttle valve P
opening angle to increase the engine speed and adjusts the idle speed for the increased load.
The refrigerant pressure sensor is installed at the condenser of the air conditioner system. The sensor uses an
electrostatic volume pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The voltage signal is sent
to ECM, and ECM controls cooling fan system.
PBIB2657E
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed-
back to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition.
Throttle Control Motor Relay INFOID:0000000012524232
Power supply for the throttle control motor is provided to the ECM via throttle control motor relay. The throttle
control motor relay is ON/OFF controlled by the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECM sends
an ON signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ECM. When the ignition
switch is turned OFF, the ECM sends an OFF signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not
provided to the ECM.
Throttle Position Sensor INFOID:0000000012524233
PBIB0145E
The VIAS control solenoid valve cuts the intake manifold vacuum signal for power valve control. It responds to
ON/OFF signals from the ECM. When the solenoid is OFF, the vacuum signal from the intake manifold is cut.
When the ECM sends an ON signal the coil pulls the plunger downward and sends the vacuum signal to the
power valve actuator.
EC
G
SEC921C
M
PBIB1588E
PBIB1068E
From the beginning of refueling, the air and vapor inside the fuel tank go through refueling EVAP vapor cut
valve and EVAP/ORVR line to the EVAP canister. The vapor is absorbed by the EVAP canister and the air is
released to the atmosphere.
When the refueling has reached the full level of the fuel tank, the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve is closed and
refueling is stopped because of auto shut-off. The vapor which was absorbed by the EVAP canister is purged
during driving.
WARNING:
When conducting inspections below, be sure to observe the following:
• Put a “CAUTION: FLAMMABLE” sign in workshop.
• Never smoke while servicing fuel system. Keep open flames and sparks away from work area.
• Always furnish the workshop with a CO2 fire extinguisher.
CAUTION:
• Before removing fuel line parts, carry out the following procedures:
- Put drained fuel in an explosion-proof container and put lid on securely.
- Release fuel pressure from fuel line. Refer to EC-146, "Work Procedure".
- Disconnect battery ground cable.
• Always replace O-ring when the fuel gauge retainer is removed.
• Never kink or twist hose and tube when they are installed.
• Never tighten hose and clamps excessively to avoid damaging hoses.
• After installation, run engine and check for fuel leaks at connections.
• Never attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically.
Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow, resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire.
JPBIA5424GB
Function Reference
EC-39, "MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : System De-
Multiport fuel injection system
scription"
Electric ignition system EC-41, "ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System Description"
EC-42, "AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System Descrip-
Air conditioning cut control
tion"
EC-43, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : Sys-
Automatic speed control device (ASCD)
tem Description"
CAN communication EC-45, "CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description"
Cooling fan control EC-45, "COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description"
EC-46, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Descrip-
Evaporative emission system
tion"
EC-48, "INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Descrip-
Intake valve timing control
tion"
EC-48, "VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR SYSTEM : System Descrip-
Variable induction air system
tion"
EC-52, "FUEL FILLER CAP WARNING SYSTEM : System De-
Fuel filler cap warning system
scription"
JPBIA5368GB
A
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)*2 VDC/TCS operation signal
H
A/C ON signal*2
A/C auto amp.
Blower fan signal*2
Combination meter Vehicle speed signal*2
I
*1: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions.
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM via the CAN communication line.
*3: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. J
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of
time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the K
ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined
by input signals (for engine speed and intake air) from the crankshaft position sensor (POS), camshaft position
sensor (PHASE) and the mass air flow sensor. L
VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION
In addition, the amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operat-
ing conditions as listed below. M
<Fuel increase>
• During warm-up
• When starting the engine N
• During acceleration
• Hot-engine operation
• When selector lever is changed from N to D O
• High-load, high-speed operation
<Fuel decrease>
• During deceleration P
• During high engine speed operation
PBIB2793E
The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for driveability and emission control.
The three way catalyst 1 can better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses A/F sensor 1 in the
exhaust manifold to monitor whether the engine operation is rich or lean. The ECM adjusts the injection pulse
width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about A/F sensor 1, refer to EC-26, "Air
Fuel Ratio Sensor 1". This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric (ideal air-fuel mixture).
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst 1. Even if the switching characteris-
tics of A/F sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from heated oxygen sen-
sor 2.
• Open Loop Control
The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback
control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion.
- Deceleration and acceleration
- High-load, high-speed operation
- Malfunction of A/F sensor 1 or its circuit
- Insufficient activation of A/F sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature
- High engine coolant temperature
- During warm-up
- After shifting from N to D
- When starting the engine
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL
The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from A/F sensor 1.
This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close to the theoret-
ical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as originally
designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot wire) and characteristic changes dur-
ing operation (i.e., fuel injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio.
Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This is
then computed in terms of “injection pulse duration” to automatically compensate for the difference between
the two ratios.
“Fuel trim” refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim
includes short-term fuel trim and long-term fuel trim.
“Short-term fuel trim” is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical
value. The signal from A/F sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN compared to the the-
oretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and an increase in
fuel volume if it is lean.
“Long-term fuel trim” is overall fuel compensation carried out over time to compensate for continual deviation
of the short-term fuel trim from the central value. Continual deviation will occur due to individual engine differ-
ences, wear over time and changes in the usage environment.
EC
SEF179U
JPBIA3271GB
N
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000012524242
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Ignition order: 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6
The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best air-fuel ratio for every running condition of the
engine. The ignition timing data is stored in the ECM.
The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and camshaft position sensor (PHASE) sig-
nal. Computing this information, ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor.
During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the ECM according to the other data stored in
the ECM.
• At starting
• During warm-up
• At idle
• At low battery voltage
• During acceleration
The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed
within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not
operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition.
The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System Diagram INFOID:0000000012524243
JPBIA5369GB
• A/C ON signal*1
A/C auto amp.
• Blower fun ON signal*1
E
*1: This signal is sent to the ECM via the CAN communication line.
*2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION F
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used.
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned off.
• When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed. G
• When cranking the engine.
• At high engine speeds.
• When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high.
• When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed. H
• When engine speed is excessively low.
• When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high.
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) I
N
JPBIA3272GB
A
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other EC
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
Refer to LAN-30, "CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM : CAN Communication Signal Chart", about CAN com- C
munication for detail.
COOLING FAN CONTROL
D
COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Diagram INFOID:0000000012524248
JPBIA5370GB
NOTE:
J
Cooling fan relay is not used
COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000012524249
K
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant
pressure, and air conditioner ON signal. The control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF].
PBIB2531E
JSBIA0371GB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
G
PBIB3639E L
The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister.
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the
M
vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the
engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the
engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is N
proportionally regulated as the air flow increases.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and
idling. O
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL
JMBIA2174GB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
PBIB3279E
This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake
valve.
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant
temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing (IVT) control sole-
noid valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake
valve to increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range.
VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR SYSTEM
VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000012524254
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
I
PBIB1822E
When the engine is running at medium speed, the ECM sends the ON signal to the VIAS control solenoid
valve. This signal introduces the intake manifold vacuum into the power valve actuator and therefore closes
the power valve. J
Under this condition, the effective intake manifold length is equivalent to the total length of passage A and pas-
sage B. This long intake manifold provides increased amount of intake air, which results in improved suction
efficiency and higher torque. K
When engine is running at low or high speed, the ECM sends the OFF signal to the VIAS control solenoid
valve and the power valve is opened.
Under this condition, the effective intake manifold length is equivalent to the length of passage B. This short- L
ened intake manifold length results in enhanced engine output due to reduced suction resistance under high
speeds.
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION M
Power Valve
The power valve is installed in intake manifold collector and used to
control the suction passage of the variable induction air control sys- N
tem. It is set in the fully closed or fully opened position by the power
valve actuator operated by the vacuum stored in the surge tank. The
vacuum in the surge tank is controlled by the VIAS control solenoid
valve. O
BBIA0569E
BBIA0569E
EC
PBIB2529E
Refer to EC-37, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Diagram" for Vacuum Control System. P
FUEL FILLER CAP WARNING SYSTEM
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA1557GB
*: This signal is sent to the combination meter via the CAN communication line.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The fuel filler cap warning system alerts the driver to the prevention of the fuel filler being left uncapped and
malfunction occurrences after refueling, by turning ON the fuel filler cap warning display on the combination
meter.
ECM judges a refueled state, based on a fuel level sensor signal transmitted from the combination meter via
CAN communication.
When a very small leak is detected through the EVAP leak diagnosis performed after judging the refueled
state, ECM transmits a fuel filler cap warning display signal (request for display ON) to the combination meter
via CAN communication.
When receiving the signal, the combination meter turns ON the fuel filler cap warning display.
CAUTION:
Check fuel filler cap installation condition when the fuel filler cap warning display turns ON.
Reset Operation
The fuel filler cap warning lamp tunes OFF, according to any condition listed below:
• Reset operation is performed by operating the “INFO” switch on the combination meter.
- When the reset operation is performed, the combination meter transmits a fuel filler cap warning reset signal
to ECM via CAN communication. ECM transmits a fuel filler cap warning display signal (request for display
OFF) to the combination meter via CAN communication. When receiving the signal, the combination meter
turns OFF the fuel filler cap warning display.
• EVAP leak diagnosis result is normal.
• Fuel refilled.
• DTC erased by using CONSULT.
NOTE:
Revision: August 2015 EC-52 2016 NV NAM
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ40DE]
MIL turns ON if a malfunction is detected in leak diagnosis results again at the trip after the fuel filler cap warn-
ing display turns ON/OFF. A
EC
JPBIA5371ZZ
SWITCH OPERATION
Item Function
CANCEL switch Cancels the cruise control driving.
ACCEL/RES switch • Resumes the set speed.
(RESUME/ACCELERATE) • Increases speed incrementally during cruise control driving.
• Sets desired cruise speed.
COAST/SET switch
• Decreases speed incrementally during cruise control driving.
ASCD MAIN switch Master switch to activate the ASCD system.
CANCEL OPERATION
When any of following conditions exist, cruise operation will be canceled.
• CANCEL switch is pressed
• ASCD MAIN switch pressed (Set speed is cleared)
• More than 2 switches at ASCD steering switch are pressed at the same time (Set speed will be cleared)
• Brake pedal is depressed
• Selector lever position is changed to N, P or R
• Vehicle speed decreased to 13 km/h (8 MPH) lower than the set speed
• TCS system is operated
When the ECM detects any of the following conditions, the ECM will cancel the cruise operation and inform
the driver by blinking indicator.
• Engine coolant temperature is slightly higher than the normal operating temperature, CRUISE indicator may
blink slowly.
When the engine coolant temperature decreases to the normal operating temperature, CRUISE indicator will
stop blinking and the cruise operation will be able to work by pressing COAST/SET switch or ACCEL/RES
switch.
• Malfunction for some self-diagnoses regarding ASCD control: SET indicator will blink quickly.
EC
This system is an on board diagnostic system that records exhaust emission-related diagnostic information
and detects a sensors/actuator-related malfunction. A malfunction is indicated by the malfunction indicator
lamp (MIL) and stored in ECU memory as a DTC. The diagnostic information can be obtained with the diag-
nostic tool (GST: Generic Scan Tool).
GST (Generic Scan Tool) INFOID:0000000012524259
When GST is connected with a data link connector equipped on the vehicle side, it will communicate with the
control unit equipped in the vehicle and then enable various kinds of diagnostic tests. Refer to GI-51, "Descrip-
tion".
NOTE:
Service $0A is not applied for regions where it is not mandated.
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
ECM memory. The MIL will not illuminate at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in C
the ECM memory, and the MIL illuminates. The MIL illuminates at the same time when the DTC is stored.
<2nd trip> The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is per-
formed during vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to illuminate or blink D
the MIL, and store DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below.
×: Applicable —: Not applicable
Priority Items
Freeze frame data Misfire — DTC: P0300 - P0306
1
Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175
2 Except the above items
3 1st trip freeze frame data
For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was saved in the 2nd
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated
from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different mal-
function is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is
stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st
trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze
frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the
ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem-
ory is erased.
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Counter System INFOID:0000000012524262
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS
• When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory.
• When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL will come on.
• The MIL will turn OFF after the vehicle is driven 3 times (driving pattern B) with no malfunction. The drive is
counted only when the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs
while counting, the counter will reset.
• The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A) with-
out the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and Fuel Injec-
tion System, the DTC and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times (driving pattern
C) without the same malfunction recurring. The “TIME” in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode of CON-
SULT will count the number of times the vehicle is driven.
• The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in OK for the 2nd trip.
COUNTER SYSTEM CHART
EC
L
JMBIA1417GB
*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MIL will turn OFF after vehicle is driv- *3: When the same malfunction is de- M
tected in two consecutive trips, MIL en 3 times (pattern B) without any tected in two consecutive trips, the
will light up. malfunctions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
N
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: The 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the freeze frame data will be cleared at
vehicle is driven 80 times (pattern C) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the moment OK is detected.
without the same malfunction. (The stored in ECM. O
DTC and the freeze frame data still
remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is de- *8: 1st trip DTC will be cleared when ve-
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip hicle is driven once (pattern C) with- P
freeze frame data will be cleared. out the same malfunction after DTC
is stored in ECM.
Explanation for Driving Patterns for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”
Driving Pattern B
Refer to EC-62, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern".
EC
N
JMBIA1418GB
*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MIL will turn OFF after vehicle is driv- *3: When the same malfunction is de- O
tected in two consecutive trips, MIL en 3 times (pattern B) without any tected in two consecutive trips, the
will light up. malfunctions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
P
Explanation for Driving Patterns Except for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection
System”
Driving Pattern A
Refer to EC-62, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern".
Driving Pattern B
Refer to EC-62, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern".
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern INFOID:0000000012524263
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
DRIVING PATTERN A
Driving pattern A means a trip satisfying the following conditions.
• Engine speed reaches 400 rpm or more.
• Engine coolant temperature rises by 20°C (36°F) or more after starting the engine.
• Engine coolant temperature reaches 70°C (158°F) or more.
• The ignition switch is turned from ON to OFF.
NOTE:
• When the same malfunction is detected regardless of driving conditions, reset the counter of driving pattern
A.
• When the above conditions are satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, reset the counter of driving
pattern A.
DRIVING PATTERN B
Driving pattern B means a trip satisfying the following conditions.
• Engine speed reaches 400 rpm or more.
• Engine coolant temperature reaches 70°C (158°F) or more.
• Vehicle speed of 70 – 120 km/h (44 – 75 MPH) is maintained for 60 seconds or more under the control of
closed loop.
• Vehicle speed of 30 – 60 km/h (19 – 37 MPH) is maintained for 10 seconds or more under the control of
closed loop.
• Under the closed loop control condition, the following state reaches 12 seconds or more in total: Vehicle
speed of 4 km/h (2 MPH) or less with idling condition.
• The state of driving at 10 km/h (7 MPH) or more reaches 10 minutes or more in total.
• A lapse of 22 minutes or more after engine start.
NOTE:
• Drive the vehicle at a constant velocity.
• When the same malfunction is detected regardless of driving conditions, reset the counter of driving pattern
B.
• When the above conditions are satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, reset the counter of driving
pattern B.
DRIVING PATTERN C
Driving pattern C means operating vehicle as per the following:
The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time:
Engine speed: (Engine speed in the freeze frame data) ±375 rpm
Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) x (1±0.1) [%]
Engine coolant temperature condition:
• When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), engine coolant temperature should be lower
than 70°C (158°F).
G
System Readiness Test (SRT) code is specified in Service $01 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5.
As part of an enhanced emissions test for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M), certain states require the status of
SRT be used to indicate whether the ECM has completed self-diagnosis of major emission systems and com-
ponents. Completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed. H
If a vehicle is rejected for a State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, use
the information in this Service Manual to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
In most cases the ECM will automatically complete its self-diagnosis cycle during normal usage, and the SRT I
status will indicate “CMPLT” for each application system. Once set as “CMPLT”, the SRT status remains
“CMPLT” until the self-diagnosis memory is erased.
Occasionally, certain portions of the self-diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer's
normal driving pattern; the SRT will indicate “INCMP” for these items. J
NOTE:
The SRT will also indicate “INCMP” if the self-diagnosis memory is erased for any reason or if the ECM mem-
ory power supply is interrupted for several hours. K
If, during the state emissions inspection, the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items, the inspector will con-
tinue with the emissions test. However, if the SRT indicates “INCMP” for one or more of the SRT items the
vehicle is returned to the customer untested.
NOTE: L
If permanent DTC is stored or MIL illuminates during the state emissions inspection, the vehicle is also
returned to the customer untested even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items. Therefore, it is
important to check SRT (“CMPLT”), DTC (No DTCs) and permanent DTC (NO permanent DTCs) before the M
inspection.
SRT SET TIMING
SRT is set as “CMPLT” after self-diagnosis has been performed one or more times. Completion of SRT is N
done regardless of whether the result is OK or NG. The set timing is different between OK and NG results and
is shown in the table below.
O
Example
Self-diagnosis result Ignition cycle
Diagnosis
← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON →
All OK Case 1 P0400 OK (1) — (1) OK (2) — (2)
P0402 OK (1) — (1) — (1) OK (2)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
SRT of EGR “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
Case 2 P0400 OK (1) — (1) — (1) — (1)
P0402 — (0) — (0) OK (1) — (1)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
NG exists Case 3 P0400 OK OK — —
P0402 — — — —
NG
P1402 NG — NG (Consecutive
NG)
(1st trip) DTC
1st trip DTC — 1st trip DTC
DTC (= MIL ON)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT”
OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK.
NG: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is NG.
—: Self-diagnosis is not carried out.
When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results in a single cycle (Ignition OFF-ON-OFF), the SRT will
indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 1 above
When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate
“CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. → Case 2 above
If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses show NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indicate
“CMPLT”. → Case 3 above
The table above shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as “INCMP” is the number one (1)
for each self-diagnosis (Case 1 & 2) or the number two (2) for one of self-diagnoses (Case 3). However, in
preparation for the state emissions inspection, it is unnecessary for each self-diagnosis to be executed twice
(Case 3) for the following reasons:
• The SRT will indicate “CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result.
• The emissions inspection requires “CMPLT” of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis results.
• During SRT driving pattern, the 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to “CMPLT” of SRT and the self-diagnosis
memory must be erased from the ECM after repair.
• If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate “INCMP”.
NOTE:
SRT can be set as “CMPLT” together with the DTC(s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out
prior to the state emission inspection even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT”.
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Permanent Diagnostic Trouble Code (Permanent DTC)
INFOID:0000000012524265
JMBIA1515GB
EC
PBIB0092E D
How to Read Self-diagnostic Results
The DTC and 1st trip DTC are indicated by the number of blinks of the MIL as shown below.
The DTC and 1st trip DTC are displayed at the same time. If the MIL does not illuminate in diagnostic test E
mode I (Malfunction warning), all displayed items are 1st trip DTCs. If only one code is displayed when the MIL
illuminates in “malfunction warning” mode, it is a DTC; if two or more codes are displayed, they may be either
DTCs or 1st trip DTCs. DTC No. is same as that of 1st trip DTC. These unidentified codes can be identified by
F
using the CONSULT or GST. A DTC will be used as an example for how to read a code.
PBIB3005E
A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes per the following. O
Number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
Flashes 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 16 P
The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds consisting of an ON (0.6-sec-
onds) - OFF (0.6-seconds) cycle.
The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-seconds ON and 0.3-seconds OFF cycle.
A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later
numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared.
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-seconds OFF.
FUNCTION
BRAKE SW ON/OFF
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the stop lamp F
switch signal.
INJ PULSE-B1 • Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse width
• When the engine is stopped, a certain
msec compensated by ECM according to the input sig- G
INJ PULSE-B2 computed value is indicated.
nals.
• Indicates the ignition timing computed by ECM • When the engine is stopped, a certain
IGN TIMING BTDC
according to the input signals. value is indicated.
H
• “Calculated load value” indicates the value of the
CAL/LD VALUE %
current air flow divided by peak air flow.
• Indicates the mass air flow computed by ECM ac-
I
MASS AIRFLOW g/s cording to the signal voltage of the mass air flow
sensor.
• Indicates the EVAP canister purge volume con-
trol solenoid valve control value computed by the J
PURG VOL C/V % ECM according to the input signals.
• The opening becomes larger as the value in-
creases.
K
INT/V TIM (B1) • Indicates [°CA] of intake camshaft advance an-
°CA
INT/V TIM (B2) gle.
INT/V SOL (B1) • The control value of the intake valve timing con- L
trol solenoid valve (determined by ECM accord-
% ing to the input signals) is indicated.
INT/V SOL (B2) • The advance angle becomes larger as the value
increases. M
• The control condition of the VIAS control solenoid
valve (determined by ECM according to the input
VIAS S/V-1 ON/OFF
signals) is indicated. N
ON: VIAS control solenoid valve is operating.
OFF: VIAS control solenoid valve is not operat-
ing.
O
• The air conditioner relay control condition (deter-
AIR COND RLY ON/OFF mined by ECM according to the input signals) is
indicated.
• Indicates the fuel pump relay control condition P
FUEL PUMP RLY ON/OFF determined by ECM according to the input sig-
nals.
• The control condition of the EVAP canister vent
control valve (determined by ECM according to
VENT CONT/V ON/OFF the input signals) is indicated.
ON: Closed
OFF: Open
JSBIA0062GB K
NOTE:
This mode is not used in regions that permanent DTCs are not regulated by law.
SRT WORK SUPPORT Mode L
This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to set the SRT while monitoring the SRT status.
PERMANENT DTC WORK SUPPORT Mode
This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to complete the driving pattern that is required for erasing M
permanent DTC.
NOTE:
This mode is not used in regions that permanent DTCs are not regulated by law. N
• Engine: After warming up, idle the Steering wheel: Not being turned OFF
PW/ST SIGNAL G
engine Steering wheel: Being turned ON
Rear window defogger switch: ON
and/or ON H
LOAD SIGNAL • Ignition switch: ON Lighting switch: 2nd position
Rear window defogger switch and lighting
OFF
switch: OFF
I
IGNITION SW • Ignition switch: ON → OFF → ON ON → OFF → ON
A/F SEN1 DIAG1 DTC P015A and P015B self-diagnosis incomplete. INCMP
(B1) DTC P015A and P015B self-diagnosis is complete. CMPLT
A/F SEN1 DIAG1 DTC P015C and P015D self-diagnosis incomplete. INCMP
(B2) DTC P015C and P015D self-diagnosis is complete. CMPLT
A/F SEN1 DIAG2 DTC P014C and P014D self-diagnosis incomplete. INCMP
(B1) DTC P014C and P014D self-diagnosis is complete. CMPLT
A/F SEN1 DIAG2 DTC P014E and P014F self-diagnosis incomplete. INCMP
(B2) DTC P014E and P014F self-diagnosis is complete. CMPLT
The vehicle condition is not within the diagnosis range of DTC P014C, P014D,
ABSNT
A/F SEN1 DIAG3 P015A or P015B.
(B1) The vehicle condition is within the diagnosis range of DTC P014C, P014D, P015A
PRSNT
or P015B.
The vehicle condition is not within the diagnosis range of DTC P014E, P014F,
ABSNT
A/F SEN1 DIAG3 P015C or P015D.
(B2) The vehicle condition is within the diagnosis range of DTC P014E, P014F, P015C
PRSNT
or P015D.
A/F-S ATMSPHRC Varies depending on vehicle
Engine: After warming up, idle the engine
CRCT B1 environment.
A/F-S ATMSPHRC Varies depending on vehicle
Engine: After warming up, idle the engine
CRCT B2 environment.
A/F-S ATMSPHRC Varies depending on the
Engine: Running
CRCT UP B1 number of updates.
A/F-S ATMSPHRC Varies depending on the
Engine: Running
CRCT UP B2 number of updates.
JSBIA7184ZZ
Terminal No.
Description C
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
1 128 Throttle control motor Battery voltage D
Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(L) (B) relay power supply (11 - 14 V)
0 - 14 V
E
[Ignition switch: ON]
2 128 Throttle control motor • Engine: Stopped
Output
(L/W) (B) (Close) • Shift lever: D F
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
PBIB1104E
G
2.9 - 8.8 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition H
3 128 A/F sensor 1 heater
Output • Idle speed
(BR) (B) (Bank 2)
(More than 140 seconds after starting en-
gine)
I
PBIA8148J
0 - 14 V
J
[Ignition switch: ON]
5 128 Throttle control motor • Engine: Stopped
Output
(L/B) (B) (Open) • Shift lever: D
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed K
PBIB1105E
L
2.9 - 8.8 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition M
6 128 A/F sensor 1 heater
Output • Idle speed
(B) (B) (Bank 1)
(More than 140 seconds after starting en-
gine)
N
PBIA8148J
0 - 0.2 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on
9 rpm at idle
(L)
Ignition signal No. 3
11 128 SEC986C
Ignition signal No. 1 Output
(Y) (B)
Ignition signal No. 5 0.1 - 0.4 V
14
(V)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm
SEC987C
0 - 0.2 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on
10 rpm at idle
(G)
Ignition signal No. 2
13 128 SEC986C
Ignition signal No. 6 Output
(V) (B)
Ignition signal No. 4 0.1 - 0.4 V
15
(W)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm
SEC987C
12
(B)
16
(B)
123
(B) [Engine is running]
— ECM ground — Body ground
124 • Idle speed
(B)
127
(B)
128
(B)
Sensor ground [Engine is running]
19
— (Throttle position sen- — • Warm-up condition 0V
(R)
sor) • Idle speed
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped
More than 0.36 V
• Shift lever: D
22 19 Throttle position sensor • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Input
(B) (R) 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped
Less than 4.75 V
• Shift lever: D
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition L
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
M
SEC985C
Battery voltage
34 128 Throttle control motor [Ignition switch: OFF]
Output (11 - 14 V)
(O) (B) relay N
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0 V
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met
O
- Engine: After warming up 0 - 1.0 V
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
37 128 Heated oxygen sensor and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for
Output P
(GR) (B) 2 heater (Bank 1) 1 minute under no load
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped Battery voltage
[Engine is running] (11 - 14 V)
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
• Accelerator pedal is not depressed even
slightly, after engine starting
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: About 2,000 rpm (More
than 100 seconds after starting engine)
SEC991C
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition F
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
SEC985C
G
[Engine is running]
Battery voltage
• Warm-up condition
(11 - 14 V) H
• Idle speed
7 - 12 V
Intake valve timing con-
55 128
trol solenoid valve Output I
(LG) (B) [Engine is running]
(Bank 2)
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm
J
PBIB1790E
[Engine is running]
Battery voltage K
• Warm-up condition
(11 - 14 V)
• Idle speed
7 - 12 V
L
Intake valve timing con-
56 128
trol solenoid valve Output
(W) (B) [Engine is running]
(Bank 1)
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm M
N
PBIB1790E
[Engine is running]
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm
quickly after the following conditions are
57 59 Heated oxygen sensor met O
Input 0 - 1.0 V
(R) (B) 2 (Bank 1) - Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for
1 minute under no load P
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
I
PBIB1042E
J
[Engine is running]
91 Sensor ground
— — • Warm-up condition 0V
(B) (Knock sensor 1 & 2)
• Idle speed
1.0 - 4.0 V
K
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed L
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on
rpm at idle
M
93 128 Camshaft position sen- PBIB1039E
Input
(Y) (B) sor (PHASE) (Bank 2)
1.0 - 4.0 V
N
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
O
PBIB1040E
1.0 - 4.0 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on
rpm at idle
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
PBIB1040E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) O
*1: This may vary depending on internal resistance of the tester.
*2: Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-86, "How to
Handle Battery".
P
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart. G
DTC*1
Items SRT Permanent DTC Reference
CONSULT Trip MIL
ECM* 3 (CONSULT screen terms) code group*4 page
GST*2
U0100 0100*5 LOST COMM (ECM A) — 1 × B TM-83
DTC*1
Items SRT Permanent DTC Reference A
CONSULT Trip MIL
ECM*3
(CONSULT screen terms) code group*4 page
GST*2
NO DTC IS DETECTED. EC
P0000 0000 FURTHER TESTING — — Flashing*8 — —
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0011 0011 INT/V TIM CONT-B1 × 2 × B EC-174
C
P0021 0021 INT/V TIM CONT-B2 × 2 × B EC-174
P0030 0030 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) — 2 × B EC-178
P0031 0031 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) — 2 × B EC-178 D
P0032 0032 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) — 2 × B EC-178
P0036 0036 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) — 2 × B EC-178
E
P0037 0037 HO2S2 HTR (B1) — 2 × B EC-181
P0038 0038 HO2S2 HTR (B1) — 2 × B EC-181
P0051 0051 A/F SEN1 HTR (B2) — 2 × B EC-178 F
P0052 0052 A/F SEN1 HTR (B2) — 2 × B EC-178
P0057 0057 HO2S2 HTR (B2) — 2 × B EC-181
P0058 0058 HO2S2 HTR (B2) — 2 × B EC-181 G
P0075 0075 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 — 2 × B EC-184
P0081 0081 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B2 — 2 × B EC-184 H
P0101 0101 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 2 × B EC-186
P0102 0102 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 1 × B EC-192
P0103 0103 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 1 × B EC-192 I
P0111 0111 IAT SENSOR 1 B1 — 2 × A EC-197
P0112 0112 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 2 × B EC-199
J
P0113 0113 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 2 × B EC-199
P0116 0116 ECT SEN/CIRC — 2 × A EC-201
P0117 0117 ECT SEN/CIRC — 1 × B EC-203 K
P0118 0118 ECT SEN/CIRC — 1 × B EC-203
P0122 0122 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 — 1 × B EC-205
L
P0123 0123 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 — 1 × B EC-205
P0125 0125 ECT SENSOR — 2 × B EC-209
P0127 0127 IAT SENSOR-B1 — 2 × B EC-211 M
P0128 0128 THERMSTAT FNCTN — 2 × A EC-213
P0130 0130 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) × 2 × A EC-216
N
P0131 0131 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) — 2 × B EC-220
P0132 0132 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) — 2 × B EC-223
P0137 0137 HO2S2 (B1) × 2 × A EC-226 O
P0138 0138 HO2S2 (B1) × 2 × A EC-232
P0139 0139 HO2S2 (B1) × 2 × A EC-240
P014C 014C A/F SENSOR1 (B1) × 2 × A EC-247 P
P014D 014D A/F SENSOR1 (B1) × 2 × A EC-247
P014E 014E A/F SENSOR1 (B1) × 2 × A EC-247
P014F 014F A/F SENSOR1 (B1) × 2 × A EC-247
P0150 0150 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) — 2 × A EC-216
P0151 0151 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) — 2 × B EC-220
DTC*1
Items SRT Permanent DTC Reference
CONSULT Trip MIL
ECM*3
(CONSULT screen terms) code group*4 page
GST*2
P0152 0152 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) — 2 × B EC-223
P0157 0157 HO2S2 (B2) × 2 × A EC-226
P0158 0158 HO2S2 (B2) × 2 × A EC-232
P0159 0159 HO2S2 (B2) × 2 × A EC-240
P015A 015A A/F SENSOR1 (B2) × 2 × A EC-247
P015B 015B A/F SENSOR1 (B2) × 2 × A EC-247
P015C 015C A/F SENSOR1 (B2) × 2 × A EC-247
P015D 015D A/F SENSOR1 (B2) × 2 × A EC-247
P0171 0171 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 — 2 × B EC-253
P0172 0172 FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 — 2 × B EC-257
P0174 0174 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B2 — 2 × B EC-253
P0175 0175 FUEL SYS-RICH-B2 — 2 × B EC-257
P0181 0181 FTT SENSOR — 2 × A and B EC-261
P0182 0182 FTT SEN/CIRCUIT — 2 × B EC-265
P0183 0183 FTT SEN/CIRCUIT — 2 × B EC-265
P0222 0222 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 — 1 × B EC-268
P0223 0223 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 — 1 × B EC-268
P0300 0300 MULTI CYL MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × B EC-272
P0301 0301 CYL 1 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × B EC-272
P0302 0302 CYL 2 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × B EC-272
P0303 0303 CYL 3 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × B EC-272
P0304 0304 CYL 4 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × B EC-272
P0305 0305 CYL 5 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × B EC-272
P0306 0306 CYL 6 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × B EC-272
P0327 0327 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 — — EC-278
P0328 0328 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 — — EC-278
P0332 0332 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B2 — 2 — — EC-278
P0333 0333 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B2 — 2 — — EC-278
P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT — 2 × B EC-280
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 × B EC-283
P0345 0345 CMP SEN/CIRC-B2 — 2 × B EC-283
P0420 0420 TW CATALYST SYS-B1 × 2 × A EC-286
P0430 0430 TW CATALYST SYS-B2 × 2 × A EC-286
P0441 0441 EVAP PURG FLOW/MON × 2 × A EC-291
P0443 0443 PURG VOLUME CONT/V — 2 × A EC-296
P0444 0444 PURG VOLUME CONT/V — 2 × B EC-301
P0445 0445 PURG VOLUME CONT/V — 2 × B EC-301
P0447 0447 VENT CONTROL VALVE — 2 × B EC-304
P0448 0448 VENT CONTROL VALVE — 2 × B EC-308
P0451 0451 EVAP SYS PRES SEN — 2 × A EC-312
P0452 0452 EVAP SYS PRES SEN — 2 × B EC-315
P0453 0453 EVAP SYS PRES SEN — 2 × B EC-318
DTC*1
Items SRT Permanent DTC Reference A
CONSULT Trip MIL
ECM*3
(CONSULT screen terms) code group*4 page
GST*2
P0455 0455 EVAP GROSS LEAK — 2 × A EC-322 EC
P0456 0456 EVAP VERY SML LEAK ×*7 2 × A EC-328
P0460 0460 FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH — 2 × A EC-334
C
P0461 0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR — 2 × B EC-335
P0462 0462 FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC — 2 × B EC-337
P0463 0463 FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC — 2 × B EC-337 D
P0500 0500 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A*6 — 2 × B EC-338
P0506 0506 ISC SYSTEM — 2 × B EC-340
E
P0507 0507 ISC SYSTEM — 2 × B EC-342
P050A 050A COLD START CONTROL — 2 × A EC-344
P050E 050E COLD START CONTROL — 2 × A EC-344 F
P0550 0550 PW ST P SEN/CIRC — 2 — — EC-346
P0603 0603 ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT — 2 × or — B EC-349
P0604 0604 ECM — 2 — B EC-351 G
P0605 0605 ECM — 1 or 2 × or — B EC-352
P0606 0606 CONTROL MODULE — 2 — B EC-353
H
P0607 0607 ECM — 1 or 2 × or — B EC-354
P060A 060A CONTROL MODULE — 1 or 2 × B EC-355
P060B 060B CONTROL MODULE — 1 × B EC-356 I
P0643 0643 SENSOR POWER/CIRC — 1 × B EC-357
P0700 0700 TRANSMISSION CONT — 1 × B TM-87
J
P0705 0705 T/M RANGE SENSOR A — 2 × B TM-88
P0710 0710 FLUID TEMP SENSOR A*9 — 2 × B TM-111
P0717 0717 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A — 2 × B TM-90 K
P0720 0720 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR*6 — 2 × B TM-92
DTC*1
Items SRT Permanent DTC Reference
CONSULT Trip MIL
ECM*3
(CONSULT screen terms) code group*4 page
GST*2
P1572 1572 ASCD BRAKE SW — 1 — — EC-374
P1574 1574 ASCD VHL SPD SEN — 1 — — EC-379
P1610 1610 LOCK MODE — 2 — — SEC-50
P1611 1611 ID DISCORD, IMM-ECM — 2 — — SEC-51
P1612 1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU — 2 — — SEC-53
P1614 1614 CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY — 2 — — SEC-54
P1615 1615 DIFFERENCE OF KEY — 2 — — SEC-56
P1715 1715 IN PULY SPEED — 2 — — EC-381
P1730 1730 INTERLOCK — 1 × B TM-116
P1752 1752 INPUT CLUTCH SOL — 1 × B TM-119
P1757 1757 FR BRAKE SOLENOID — 1 × B TM-120
P1762 1762 DRCT CLUTCH SOL — 1 × B TM-121
P1767 1767 HLR CLUTCH SOLENOID — 1 × B TM-123
P1772 1772 L C BRAKE SOLENOID — 1 × B TM-124
P1774 1774 L C BRAKE SOLENOID — 1 × B TM-125
P1800 1800 VIAS S/V-1 — 2 — — EC-382
P1805 1805 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT — 2 — — EC-385
P2096 2096 POST CAT FUEL TRIM SYS B1 — 2 × A EC-387
P2097 2097 POST CAT FUEL TRIM SYS B1 — 2 × A EC-387
P2098 2098 POST CAT FUEL TRIM SYS B2 — 2 × A EC-387
P2099 2099 POST CAT FUEL TRIM SYS B2 — 2 × A EC-387
P2100 2100 ETC MOT PWR-B1 — 1 × B EC-391
P2101 2101 ETC FNCTN/CIRC-B1 — 1 × B EC-393
P2103 2103 ETC MOT PWR — 1 × B EC-391
P2118 2118 ETC MOT-B1 — 1 × B EC-396
P2119 2119 ETC ACTR-B1 — 1 × B EC-398
P2122 2122 APP SEN 1/CIRC — 1 × B EC-400
P2123 2123 APP SEN 1/CIRC — 1 × B EC-400
P2127 2127 APP SEN 2/CIRC — 1 × B EC-403
P2128 2128 APP SEN 2/CIRC — 1 × B EC-403
P2135 2135 TP SENSOR-B1 — 1 × B EC-407
P2138 2138 APP SENSOR — 1 × B EC-411
AIR FUEL RATIO IMBALANCE
P219A 219A — 2 × A EC-416
B1
AIR FUEL RATIO IMBALANCE
P219B 219B — 2 × A EC-416
B2
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*4: Refer to EC-154, "Description".
*5: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT.
*6: When the fail-safe operations for both self-diagnoses occur, the MIL illuminates.
*7: SRT code will not be set if the self-diagnostic result is NG.
*8: When the ECM is in the mode that displays SRT status, MIL may blink. For the details, refer to EC-63,
"DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : System Readiness Test (SRT) Code".
The following is the information specified in Service $06 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5.
The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is OK or NG while EC
being monitored by the ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the
maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored.
These data (test value and test limit) are specified by On Board Monitor ID (OBDMID), Test ID (TID), Unit and C
Scaling ID and can be displayed on the GST screen.
The items of the test value and test limit will be displayed with GST screen which items are provided by the
ECM. (e.g., if bank 2 is not applied on this vehicle, only the items of bank 1 are displayed)
D
WIRING DIAGRAM
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000012524274
AABWA1053GB
EC
ABBWA1540GB
ABBWA1236GB
EC
ABBWA1541GB
ABBWA1546GB
EC
ABBIA2122GB
ABBIA2832GB
EC
ABBIA2123GB
ABBIA2124GB
EC
ABBIA2125GB
AABIA1671GB
EC
AABIA1672GB
AABIA1673GB
EC
AABIA1674GB
AABIA1675GB
EC
AABIA1676GB
AABIA1677GB
EC
AABIA1678GB
AABIA1679GB
EC
AABIA1680GB
AABIA1681GB
BASIC INSPECTION A
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
Work Flow INFOID:0000000012524275
EC
OVERALL SEQUENCE
C
JSBIA0123GB
DETAILED FLOW
1.GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM
1. Get the detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment
when the incident/malfunction occurred) using the “Diagnostic Work Sheet”. (Refer to EC-132, "Diagnostic
Work Sheet".)
2. Ask if the customer requests I/M examination.
>> GO TO 5.
4.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer.
Also study the normal operation and fail-safe related to the symptom. Refer to EC-456, "Description" and EC-
92, "Fail safe".
Diagnosis Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
>> GO TO 6.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for the displayed DTC, and then make sure that DTC is
detected again.
If two or more DTCs are detected, refer to EC-93, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" and determine trouble
diagnosis order.
NOTE:
• Freeze frame data is useful if the DTC is not detected.
• Perform Component Function Check if DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE is not included on Service
Manual. This simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC cannot be detected during
this check.
J
>> GO TO 10.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Inspect according to Diagnosis Procedure of the system. K
NOTE:
The Diagnosis Procedure in EC section described based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit inspection
is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnosis Procedure. For details, refer to GI-45, "Circuit Inspec- L
tion".
Is a malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> GO TO 11. M
NO >> Monitor input data from related sensors or check voltage of related ECM terminals using CON-
SULT. Refer to EC-78, "Reference Value".
11.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART N
1. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
2. Reconnect parts or connectors disconnected during Diagnosis Procedure again after repair and replace-
ment. O
3. Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it.
With CONSULT: Refer to EC-68, "CONSULT Function".
Without CONSULT: Refer to EC-65, "On Board Diagnosis Function". P
>> GO TO 12.
12.FINAL CHECK
When DTC was detected in step 2, perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE or Component Function
Check again, and then make sure that the malfunction have been completely repaired.
DESCRIPTION
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou-
bleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about an incident. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a cus-
tomer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the WORKSHEET SAMPLE
below in order to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
Some conditions may cause the MIL to illuminate steady or blink and
DTC to be detected. Examples:
• Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire.
SEF907L
• Fuel filler cap was left off or incorrectly screwed on, allowing fuel to
evaporate into the atmosphere.
EC
L
MTBL0017
When replacing ECM, the following procedure must be performed. (For details, refer to EC-134, "Work Proce-
dure".)
PROGRAMMING OPERATION
NOTE:
After replacing with a blank ECM, programming is required to write ECM information. Be sure to follow the pro-
cedure to perform the programming.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000012524278
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ECM PART NUMBER
Check ECM part number to see whether it is blank ECM or not.
NOTE:
• Part number of blank ECM is 23703 - ×××××.
• Check part number when ordering ECM or the one included in the label on the container box.
Is the ECM a blank ECM?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 5.
3.SAVE ECM PART NUMBER
Read out the part number from the old ECM and save the number, following the programming instructions.
Refer to CONSULT Operation Manual.
NOTE:
• The ECM part number is saved in CONSULT.
• Even when ECM part number is not saved in CONSULT, go to 4.
>> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM ECM PROGRAMMING
After replacing ECM, perform the ECM programming. Refer to CONSULT Operation Manual.
NOTE:
• Refer to EC-462, "Removal and Installation" for replacement of ECM.
• During programming, maintain the following conditions:
- Ignition switch: ON
- Electric load: OFF
- Brake pedal: Not depressed
- Battery voltage: 12 – 13.5 V (Be sure to check the value of battery voltage by selecting “BATTERY VOLT” in
“Data monitor” of CONSULT.)
>> GO TO 6.
5.REPLACE ECM
Revision: August 2015 EC-134 2016 NV NAM
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ40DE]
Replace ECM. Refer to EC-462, "Removal and Installation".
A
>> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM INITIALIZATION OF IVIS (NATS) SYSTEM AND REGISTRATION OF ALL IVIS (NATS) IGNI- EC
TION KEY IDS
Refer to SEC-40, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Require-
ment". C
>> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK ECM DATA STATUS D
Check if the data is successfully copied from the ECM at Step 1 (before replacement) and saved in CONSULT.
Is the data saved successfully?
E
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 9.
8.WRITE ECM DATA F
With CONSULT
1. Select “WRITING DATA FOR REPLC CPU” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Follow the instruction of CONSULT display. G
NOTE:
The data saved by “SAVING DATA FOR REPLC CPU” is written to ECM.
H
>> GO TO 10.
9.PERFORM VIN REGISTRATION
I
Refer to EC-136, "Description".
>> GO TO 10. J
10.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
Refer to EC-137, "Description".
K
>> GO TO 11.
11.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING L
Refer to EC-138, "Description".
>> GO TO 12. M
12.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-139, "Description". N
>> END
O
VIN Registration is an operation to registering VIN in ECM. It must be performed each time ECM is replaced.
(For details, refer to EC-136, "Work Procedure".)
NOTE:
Accurate VIN which is registered in ECM may be required for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M).
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000012524280
1.CHECK VIN
Check the VIN of the vehicle and note it. Refer to GI-24, "Identification Number".
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM VIN REGISTRATION
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and engine stopped.
2. Select “VIN REGISTRATION” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE”.
3. Follow the instruction of CONSULT display.
>> END
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning is a function of ECM to learn the fully released position of the EC
accelerator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed each
time the harness connector of the accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected. (For details, refer
to EC-137, "Work Procedure".)
C
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000012524282
1.START D
1. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. E
4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
F
>> END
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning is a function of ECM to learn the fully closed position of the throttle
valve by monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connec-
tor of electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected or electric throttle control actuator is cleaned.
(For details, refer to EC-138, "Work Procedure".)
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000012524284
1.START
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “CLSD THL POS LEAR” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE”.
3. Follow the instruction on the CONSULT display.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Check that throttle valve moves during above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.
Without CONSULT
1. Check that accelerator pedal is fully released.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Check that throttle valve moves during above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.
>> END
Idle Air Volume Learning is a function of ECM to learn the idle air volume that keeps engine idle speed within EC
the specific range. It must be performed under the following conditions:
• Each time electric throttle control actuator or ECM is replaced.
• Each time VVEL actuator sub assembly or VVEL control module is replaced.
• Idle speed or ignition timing is out of specification. C
(For details, refer to EC-139, "Work Procedure".)
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000012524286
D
1.PRECONDITIONING
Make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied. E
Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment.
• Battery voltage: More than 12.9 V (At idle)
• Engine coolant temperature: 70 - 105°C (158 - 221°F)
• Selector lever: P or N F
• Electric load switch: OFF
(Air conditioner, headlamp, rear window defogger)
On vehicles equipped with daytime light systems, if the parking brake is applied before the engine is G
started the headlamp will not be illuminated.
• Steering wheel: Neutral (Straight-ahead position)
• Vehicle speed: Stopped
• Transmission: Warmed-up H
• With CONSULT: Drive vehicle until “ATF TEMP SE 1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “A/T” system indi-
cates less than 0.9V.
• Without CONSULT: Drive vehicle for 10 minutes. I
Do you have CONSULT?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3. J
2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
With CONSULT K
1. Perform Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning. Refer to EC-137, "Description".
2. Perform Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning. EC-138, "Description".
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
L
4. Select “IDLE AIR VOL LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE”.
5. Touch “START” and wait 20 seconds.
Is “CMPLT” displayed on CONSULT screen?
M
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5.
3.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING N
Without CONSULT
NOTE:
• It is better to count the time accurately with a clock. O
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has
a malfunction.
1. Perform Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning. Refer to EC-137, "Description".
2. Perform Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning. EC-138, "Description". P
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
6. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
- Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
- Fully release the accelerator pedal.
SEC897C
>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK IDLE SPEED AND IGNITION TIMING
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Let it idle for 20 seconds.
3. Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle speed and ignition timing are within the
specifications. Refer to EC-463, "Idle Speed" and EC-463, "Ignition Timing".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART-1
Check the following
• Check that throttle valve is fully closed.
• Check PCV valve operation.
• Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air leakage.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART-2
Engine component parts and their installation condition are questionable. Check and eliminate the cause of
the incident.
It is useful to perform “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE”. Refer to EC-160, "Description".
If any of the following conditions occur after the engine has started, eliminate the cause of the incident and
perform Idle Air Volume Learning again:
• Engine stalls.
• Erroneous idle.
This describes how to erase the mixture ratio self-learning value. (For details, refer to EC-141, "Work Proce- EC
dure".)
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000012524288
C
1.START
With CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. D
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Clear mixture ratio self-learning value by touching “CLEAR”.
With GST E
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
F
4. Restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
6. Select Service $03 with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is detected.
7. Select Service $04 with GST to erase the DTC P0102. G
>> END
H
1.INSPECTION START
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance.
2. Open engine hood and check the following:
- Harness connectors for improper connections
- Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
- Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
- Hoses and ducts for leaks
- Air cleaner clogging
- Gasket
3. Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied.
- Headlamp switch is OFF.
- Air conditioner switch is OFF.
- Rear window defogger switch is OFF.
SEF983U
- Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
4. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature
indicator points the middle of gauge.
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm.
SEF976U
SEF977U
2.REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding Diagnosis Procedure.
>> GO TO 3
3.CHECK IDLE SPEED
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load.
PBIA8513J
1. Stop engine.
2. Perform EC-137, "Description".
E
>> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING F
Perform EC-138, "Description".
G
>> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Perform EC-139, "Description". H
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning. Then GO TO 4. I
7.CHECK IDLE SPEED AGAIN
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. J
2. Check idle speed.
For procedure, refer to EC-457, "Inspection".
For specification, refer to EC-463, "Idle Speed".
K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 8.
L
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the Following.
• Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-285, "Component Inspection". M
• Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-282, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9. N
NO >> Repair or replace. Then GO TO 4.
9.CHECK ECM FUNCTION
O
1. Substitute with a non-malfunctioning ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of the incident,
although this is rare.)
2. Perform initialization of IVIS (NATS) system and registration of all IVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to
EC-134, "Description". P
>> GO TO 4.
10.CHECK IGNITION TIMING
1. Run engine at idle.
BBIA0531E
>> GO TO 12.
12.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Perform EC-138, "Description".
>> GO TO 13.
13.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Perform EC-139, "Description".
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning. Then GO TO 4.
14.CHECK IDLE SPEED AGAIN
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check idle speed.
For procedure, refer to EC-457, "Inspection".
For specification, refer to EC-463, "Idle Speed".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> GO TO 17.
15.CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN
1. Run engine at idle.
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light.
For procedure, refer to EC-458, "Inspection".
For specification, refer to EC-463, "Ignition Timing".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> GO TO 16.
BBIA0531E
ALBIA0738ZZ
>> END
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
1.FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
CAUTION:
Be careful not to scratch or get the fuel hose connection area dirty when servicing, so that the quick
connector o-ring maintains sealability.
NOTE:
• Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out. The fuel
pressure cannot be completely released because this models do not have fuel return system.
• Use Fuel Pressure Gauge Kit [— (J-44321)] and Fuel Pressure Adapter [— (J-44321-6)] to check fuel
pressure.
1. Release fuel pressure to zero.
2. Remove fuel hose using Quick Connector Release [— (J-45488)]. Refer to EM-45, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
CAUTION:
• Do not twist or kink fuel hose because it is plastic hose.
• Do not remove fuel hose from quick connector.
• Keep fuel hose connections clean.
3. Install Fuel Pressure Adapter [— (J-44321-6)] and Fuel Pres-
sure Gauge {from kit [— (J-44321)]} as shown in figure.
CAUTION:
• Do not distort or bend fuel rail tube when installing fuel
pressure gauge adapter.
• When reconnecting fuel hose, check the original fuel hose
for damage and abnormality.
4. Turn ignition switch ON (reactivate fuel pump), and check for
fuel leakage.
5. Start engine and check for fuel leakage.
6. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge.
BBIA0535E
CAUTION:
During fuel pressure check, check for fuel leakage from fuel connection every 3 minutes.
OUTLINE
In order to set all SRTs, the self-diagnoses as in the “SRT ITEM” table must have been performed at least
once. Each diagnosis may require actual driving for a long period of time under various conditions.
SRT ITEM
The table below shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
EC
JSBIA0400GB
K
L
CAUTION:
JPBIA5320GB
*1: Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then release the accelerator pedal
and keep it released for more than 10 seconds. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h
(56 MPH) again.
*2: Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised.
• The time required for each diagnosis varies with road surface conditions, weather, altitude, individual driving
habits, etc.
• “Zone A” is the fastest time where required for the diagnosis under normal conditions*. If the diagnosis is not
completed within “Zone A”, the diagnosis can still be performed within “Zone B”.
1. Select “SRT WORK SUPPORT” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. For SRT(s) that is not set, perform the corresponding “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” according to
J
the “Performance Priority” in the “SRT ITEM” table. Refer to EC-148, "Description".
3. Check DTC.
Is any DTC detected?
K
YES >> Repair malfunction(s) and erase DTC. Refer to EC-94, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 11.
4.PERFORM ROAD TEST L
• Check the “Performance Priority” in the “SRT ITEM” table. Refer to EC-148, "Description".
• Perform the most efficient SRT set driving pattern to set the SRT properly. Refer to EC-149, "SRT Set Driv-
ing Pattern". M
In order to set all SRTs, the SRT set driving pattern must be performed at least once.
>> GO TO 5. N
5.PATTERN 1
1. Check the vehicle condition;
- Engine coolant temperature is −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F). O
- Fuel tank temperature is more than 0°C (32°F).
2. Start the engine.
3. Keep engine idling until the engine coolant temperature is greater than 70°C (158°F) P
NOTE:
ECM terminal voltage is follows;
• Engine coolant temperature
- −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F): 3.0 – 4.3 V
- 70°(158°F): Less than 4.1 V
• Fuel tank temperature: Less than 1.4 V
Refer to EC-78, "Reference Value".
>> GO TO 6.
6.PATTERN 2
1. Drive the vehicle. And depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then
release the accelerator pedal and keep it released for more than 10 seconds.
2. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH) again
NOTE:
• Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised.
• When steady-state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted, each diagnosis can be conducted.
In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended.
>> GO TO 7.
7.PATTERN 3
• Operate vehicle following the driving pattern shown in the figure.
• Release the accelerator pedal during deceleration of vehicle speed
from 90 km/h (56 MPH) to 0 km/h (0 MPH).
>> GO TO 8.
PBIB2244E
8.PATTERN 4
• Operate vehicle, following the driving pattern shown in the figure.
- Drive the vehicle in a proper gear at 60 km/h (38 MPH) and main-
tain the speed.
- Release the accelerator pedal fully at least 5 seconds.
- Repeat the above two steps at least 5 times.
>> GO TO 9.
JSBIA0160GB
9.PATTERN 5
• The accelerator pedal must be held very steady during steady-state driving.
• If the accelerator pedal is moved, the test must be conducted again.
>> GO TO 10.
10.PATTERN 6
Start engine and wait at least 2 hours. Then turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 90 minutes.
>> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK SRT STATUS
With CONSULT
Select “SRT STATUS” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
Perform “SRT status” mode with EC-65, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
With GST
Select Service $01 with GST.
OUTLINE
When a DTC is stored in ECM
When a DTC is stored in ECM and MIL is ON, a permanent DTC is erased with MIL shutoff if the same mal-
function is not detected after performing the driving pattern for MIL shutoff three times in a raw.
JSBIA0063GB
*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MIL will turn off after vehicle is driven
tected in two consecutive trips, MIL 3 times (driving pattern B) without
will illuminate. any malfunctions.
Driving pattern
Group* Perform “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” for applicable DTCs.
B D
A × — —
B — × ×
*: For group, refer to EC-94, "DTC Index".
PERMANENT DTC ITEM
For permanent DTC items, MIL turns ON. Refer to EC-94, "DTC Index".
EC
H
JSBIA0401GB
JSBIA0064GB
1.CHECK DTC
Check DTC.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Repair malfunction(s) and erase DTC. Refer to EC-65, "On Board Diagnosis Function", EC-68,
"CONSULT Function".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK PERMANENT DTC
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select “PERMANENT DTC STATUS” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
With GST
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select Service $0A with GST.
Is any permanent DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> END
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
Perform “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” for DTCs which are the same as permanent DTCs stored in
ECM. Refer to EC-94, "DTC Index".
>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK PERMANENT DTC
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select “PERMANENT DTC STATUS” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
With GST
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select Service $0A with GST.
Is any permanent DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO >> END
EC
J
JSBIA0414GB
*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: After experiencing driving pattern B *3: Indication does not change unless
tected in two consecutive trips, MIL and D, permanent DTC is erased. the ignition switch is turned from ON
will illuminate. to OFF twice even after experiencing K
driving pattern B or D.
NOTE:
Drive the vehicle according to only driving patterns indicating “INCMP” in driving patterns B and D on the L
“PERMANENT DTC STATUS” screen.
1.CHECK DTC
M
Check DTC.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Repair malfunction(s) and erase DTC. Refer to EC-65, "On Board Diagnosis Function", EC-68, N
"CONSULT Function".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK PERMANENT DTC O
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. P
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select “PERMANENT DTC STATUS” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
With GST
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK PERMANENT DTC
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select “PERMANENT DTC STATUS” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
With GST
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select Service $0A with GST.
Is any permanent DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> END
5.DRIVE DRIVING PATTERN D
CAUTION:
• Always drive at a safe speed.
• Never erase self-diagnosis results.
• If self-diagnosis results are erased during the trip of driving pattern B or D, the counter of driving
pattern B and D is reset.
1. Drive the vehicle according to driving pattern D. Refer to EC-62, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving
Pattern".
>> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK PERMANENT DTC
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
Description INFOID:0000000012524297
The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “SPEC” in “DATA MONI-
TOR” mode of CONSULT during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “SPEC” in
“DATA MONITOR” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the value
in “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have one
or more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not illuminate
the MIL.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items:
• B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board correc-
tion)
• A/F ALPHA-B1/B2 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
• MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor)
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000012524298
1.PRECONDITIONING
Make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
TESTING CONDITION
• Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles)
• Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm2, 14.25 - 15.12 psi)
• Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
• Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95°C (167 - 203°F)
• Transmission: Warmed-up
• After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until “ATF TEMP 1” (A/T fluid
temperature sensor signal) indicates more than 60°C (140°F).
• Electrical load: Not applied
- Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, lighting switch are OFF. Steering wheel is straight
ahead.
• Engine speed: Idle
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SPEC IN DATA MONITOR MODE
With CONSULT
NOTE:
Perform “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode in maximum scale display.
1. Perform EC-142, "Work Procedure".
2. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” and “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA
MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-161, "Diagnosis Procedure".
A
OVERALL SEQUENCE
EC
P
JMBIA1468GB
PBIB3214E
DETAILED PROCEDURE
1.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Confirm that the testing conditions are met. Refer to EC-160, "Component Function Check".
3. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”, and make
sure that each indication is within the SP value.
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”, and make sure that the indica-
tion is within the SP value. F
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO-1 >> More than the SP value: GO TO 6. G
NO-2 >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 25.
4.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
1. Stop the engine. H
2. Disconnect PCV hose, and then plug it.
3. Start engine.
4. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”, and make I
sure that each indication is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 5. J
NO >> GO TO 6.
5.CHANGE ENGINE OIL
1. Stop the engine. K
2. Change engine oil.
NOTE:
This symptom may occur when a large amount of gasoline is mixed with engine oil because of driving L
conditions (such as when engine oil temperature does not rise enough since a journey distance is too
short during winter). The symptom will not be detected after changing engine oil or changing driving con-
ditions.
M
>> GO TO 14.
14.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”, and make
sure that each indication is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 15.
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”, and make sure that the indica-
tion is within the SP value. F
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO-1 >> More than the SP value: GO TO 18. G
NO-2 >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 25.
18.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
1. Check for the cause of large engine friction. Refer to the following. H
- Engine oil level is too high
- Engine oil viscosity
- Belt tension of power steering, alternator, A/C compressor, etc. is excessive I
- Noise from engine
- Noise from transmission, etc.
2. Check for the cause of insufficient combustion. Refer to the following.
- Valve clearance malfunction J
- Intake valve timing control function malfunction
- Camshaft sprocket installation malfunction, etc.
K
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 30.
19.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM L
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
M
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
• Improper specification of intake air system
Is the inspection result normal?
N
YES >> GO TO 21.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 20.
20.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”, AND “B/FUEL SCHDL” O
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”, and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode of
“ENGINE”, and make sure that each indication is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value? P
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> “B/FUEL SCHDL” is more, “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” are less than the SP value: GO TO
21.
21.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Stop the engine.
>> GO TO 22.
22.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”, and make
sure that each indication is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> Detect malfunctioning part of mass air flow sensor circuit and repair it. Refer to EC-192, "Diagno-
sis Procedure". Then GO TO 29.
NO >> GO TO 23.
23.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1”
Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”, and make sure that the indica-
tion is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 24.
NO >> More than the SP value: Replace malfunctioning mass air flow sensor, refer to EM-24, "Removal
and Installation", and then GO TO 29.
24.REPLACE ECM
Replace ECM. Refer to EC-462, "Removal and Installation".
>> GO TO 29.
25.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal in air cleaner element
• Uneven dirt in air cleaner element
• Improper specification in intake air system
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 27.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 26.
26.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”, and make sure that the indica-
tion is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 27.
27.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1”
Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”, and make sure that each indica-
tion is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 28.
NO >> Less than the SP value: Replace malfunctioning mass air flow sensor, refer to EM-24, "Removal
and Installation", and then GO TO 30.
28.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check for the cause of air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Disconnection, looseness, and cracks in air duct
• Looseness of oil filler cap
• Disconnection of oil level gauge
• Open stuck, breakage, hose disconnection, or cracks in PCV valve
Revision: August 2015 EC-166 2016 NV NAM
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
• Disconnection or cracks in EVAP purge hose, stuck open EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve A
• Malfunctioning seal in rocker cover gasket
• Disconnection, looseness, or cracks in hoses, such as a vacuum hose, connecting to intake air system parts
• Malfunctioning seal in intake air system, etc.
EC
>> GO TO 30.
29.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”, AND “B/FUEL SCHDL” C
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”, and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode of
“ENGINE”, and make sure that each indication is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value? D
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-452, "Symptom Table".
30.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” E
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”, and then make sure that the
indication is within the SP value. F
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-452, "Symptom Table". G
1.CHECK FUSE
Check that the following fuse is not blown.
+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
123
124
E16
127
Ground Existed
128
12
F54
16
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK IGNITION SWITCH SIGNAL
1. Reconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following condition.
ECM
Voltage
+ – Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
Ignition switch: OFF 0V
E16 109 128
Ignition switch: ON Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
ECM
Voltage C
+ –
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
E16 121 128 Battery voltage D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 7. E
ECM G
Voltage
+ – Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
H
After turning ignition
switch OFF, battery
E16 121 128 Drop to 0 V
voltage will exist for a
few seconds I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 8. J
7.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
K
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
L
+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
M
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E16 121 E119 4 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and to power. N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for IPDM E/R power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. O
8.CHECK ECM RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL
1. Reconnect ECM and IPDM E/R harness connector. P
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following condition.
ECM
Voltage
+ − Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
Ignition switch: ON 0V
+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F54 31 E119 7 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-25, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
10.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (BACK-UP)
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.
ECM
Voltage
+ −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F54 26 E16 128 Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (BACK-UP) CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F54 26 E121 30 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
EC
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524302
Perform the trouble diagnosis for CAN communication system. Refer to LAN-16, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow
Chart".
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524305
D
Perform the trouble diagnosis for CAN communication system. Refer to LAN-16, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow
Chart". K
Trouble diagnosis
name
DTC No. Detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis
content)
INT/V TIM CONT-B1 • Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
[Intake valve timing • Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
P0011
control performance • Intake valve control solenoid valve
(bank 1)] There is a gap between angle of target and • Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up
INT/V TIM CONT-B2 phase-control angle degree. portion of the camshaft
[Intake valve timing • Timing chain installation
P0021 • Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for in-
control performance
(bank 2)] take valve timing control
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 6 consecutive seconds. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady
as possible.
PBIA8559J
Check the crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EC-282, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EC-20, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM :
Component Parts Location". M
4.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
Check the camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to EC-285, "Component Inspection".
N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to EM-77, "Exploded View".
O
5.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE)
Check the following.
P
SEC905C
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-178, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NG >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524311
+
DTC A/F sensor 1 − Voltage EC
Bank Connector Terminal
P0030, P0031, P0032 1 F65 1
Ground Battery voltage C
P0036, P0051, P0052 2 F5 1
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. D
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
E
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
F
+ −
DTC A/F sensor 1 ECM Continuity
G
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0030, P0031, P0032 1 F65 2 6
F54 Existed
P0036, P0051, P0052 2 F5 2 3 H
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
I
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER J
Refer to EC-179, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident". K
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 L
Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-30, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. M
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant
(commercial service tool). N
+ −
A/F sensor 1 Resistance (Ω)
Terminal
2 1.80 - 2.44 [at 25°C (77°F)]
1 3
4 ∞
3 (Continuity should not exist)
2
4
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
JPBIA5381ZZ
>> GO TO 2. L
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. M
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. N
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
7. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st tip DTC detected? O
YES >> Proceed to EC-181, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
P
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524314
+
DTC HO2S2 − Voltage
Bank Connector Terminal
P0037, P0038 1 F13 3
Ground Battery voltage
P0057, P0058 2 F12 3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK HO2S2 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
DTC HO2S2 ECM Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0037, P0038 1 F13 2 37
F54 Existed
P0057, P0058 2 F12 2 41
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER
Refer to EC-182, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubri-
cant (commercial service tool).
4 2
3 E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2. F
G
SEF249Y
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-184, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524317
1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect intake valve timing (IVT) control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ground.
+
DTC IVT control solenoid valve − Voltage
Bank Connector Terminal
P0075 1 F67 2
Ground Battery voltage
P0081 2 F206 2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.
+ − A
DTC IVT control solenoid valve ECM Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
P0075 1 F67 1 56
F77 Existed
P0081 2 F206 1 55
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. D
3.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-176, "Component Inspection". E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-77, "Exploded F
View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524318
G
1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-1
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector. H
3. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminals as follows.
I
Intake valve timing control
solenoid valve
Resistance (Ω) J
+ −
Terminal
1 2 7.0 - 7.7 [at 20°C (68°F)]
K
1 ∞
Ground PBIB0193E
2 (Continuity should not exist)
The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. It
measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire
intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the
hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The greater air flow, the
greater the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.
PBIA9559J
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• Harness or connectors
(Intake air temperature sensor circuit
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 • A high voltage from the sensor is sent to
is open or shorted.)
[Mass air flow (MAF) sensor ECM under light load driving condition.
P0101 • Intake air leaks
(bank 1) circuit range/perfor- • A low voltage from the sensor is sent to
• MAF sensor
mance] ECM under heavy load driving condition.
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
• Intake air temperature sensor
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 seconds under the following conditions:
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
A
1.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check the following for connection.
• Air duct EC
• Vacuum hoses
• Intake air passage between air duct and intake manifold
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Reconnect the parts.
2.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW (MAF) SENSOR POWER SUPPLY D
+
F
+ −
MAF sensor IPDM E/R Continuity K
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F53 2 E119 4 Existed
L
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
M
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. N
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
O
+ −
MAF sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal P
F53 3 F77 80 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
+ −
MAF sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F53 4 F77 82 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts
6.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check the intake air temperature sensor. Refer to EC-198, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace MAF sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). Refer to EM-24, "Exploded View".
7.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Check the EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to EC-314, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to FL-17, "Removal and Installation".
8.CHECK MAF SENSOR
Check the MAF sensor. Refer to EC-188, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace MAF sensor. Refer to EM-24, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524322
ECM A
Voltage
+ − Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
EC
Ignition switch ON (Engine
0.4 V
stopped.)
Idle (Engine is warmed-up
C
to normal operating tem- 0.9 - 1.2 V
F77 82 80 perature.)
2,500 rpm (Engine is
warmed-up to normal oper- 1.5 - 1.8 V D
ating temperature.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 - 1.2 V to 2.4 V*
E
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
F
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR THE CAUSE OF UNEVEN AIR FLOW THROUGH MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. G
2. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
- Crushed air ducts
- Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element H
- Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
- Intake valve deposits
- Improper specification of intake air system parts
Is the inspection result normal? I
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
J
3.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-2
With CONSULT
1. Repair or replace malfunctioning part. K
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Connect CONSULT and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”.
4. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication.
L
ECM
Voltage
+ − Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
Ignition switch ON (Engine
0.4 V
stopped.)
Idle (Engine is warmed-up
to normal operating tem- 0.9 - 1.2 V
F77 82 80 perature.)
2,500 rpm (Engine is
warmed-up to normal oper- 1.5 - 1.8 V
ating temperature.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 - 1.2 V to 2.4 V*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-3
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Connect CONSULT and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”.
5. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication.
ECM
Voltage
+ − Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
Ignition switch ON (Engine
0.4 V
stopped.)
Idle (Engine is warmed-up
to normal operating tem- 0.9 - 1.2 V
F77 82 80 perature.)
2,500 rpm (Engine is
warmed-up to normal oper- 1.5 - 1.8 V
ating temperature.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 - 1.2 V to 2.4 V*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
EC
1.INSPECTION START
Confirm the detected DTC.
Which DTC is detected?
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.
Revision: August 2015 EC-192 2016 NV NAM
P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
+
MAF sensor − Voltage F
Connector Terminal
F53 2 Ground Battery voltage
G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
H
4.CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector. I
3. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
+ − J
MAF sensor IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
K
F53 2 E119 4 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT M
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. N
+ −
O
MAF sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F53 3 F77 80 Existed P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
MAF sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F53 4 F77 82 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK MAF SENSOR
Check the MAF sensor. Refer to EC-194, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor. Refer to EM-24, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524325
ECM
Voltage
+ − Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
Ignition switch ON (Engine
0.4 V
stopped.)
Idle (Engine is warmed-up
to normal operating tem- 0.9 - 1.2 V
F77 82 80 perature.)
2,500 rpm (Engine is
warmed-up to normal oper- 1.5 - 1.8 V
ating temperature.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 - 1.2 V to 2.4 V*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
With CONSULT
1. Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
F
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Connect CONSULT and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”.
4. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication.
G
Monitor item Condition MAS A/F SE-B1
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4 V
H
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temper-
0.9 - 1.2 V
ature.)
MAS A/F SE-B1
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating
1.5 - 1.8 V I
temperature.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 - 1.2 V to Approx. 2.4 V*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm. J
Without CONSULT
1. Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
K
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.
ECM
Voltage
L
+ − Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
Ignition switch ON (Engine M
0.4 V
stopped.)
Idle (Engine is warmed-up
to normal operating tem- 0.9 - 1.2 V N
F77 82 80 perature.)
2,500 rpm (Engine is
warmed-up to normal oper- 1.5 - 1.8 V
ating temperature.)
O
ECM
Voltage
+ − Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
Ignition switch ON (Engine
0.4 V
stopped.)
Idle (Engine is warmed-up
to normal operating tem- 0.9 - 1.2 V
F77 82 80 perature.)
2,500 rpm (Engine is
warmed-up to normal oper- 1.5 - 1.8 V
ating temperature.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 - 1.2 V to 2.4 V*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Clean or replace mass air flow sensor. Refer to EM-24, "Exploded View".
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
The comparison result of signals transmitted to
ECM from each temperature sensor (IAT sensor, • Harness or connectors
IAT SENSOR 1 B1
ECT sensor, and FTT sensor) shows that the volt- (High or low resistance in the D
P0111 [Intake air temperature (IAT) sensor
age signal of the IAT sensor is higher/lower than IAT sensor circuit)
circuit range/performance]
that of other temperature sensors when the engine • IAT sensor
is started with its cold state.
E
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.INSPECTION START
F
Is it necessary to erase permanent DTC?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2. G
>> GO TO 4.
N
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 60 minutes.
2. Move the vehicle to a cool place. O
NOTE:
Cool the vehicle in an environment of ambient air temperature between −10°C (14°F) and 35°C (95°F).
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and soak the vehicle for 12 hours.
CAUTION: P
Never turn ignition switch ON during soaking.
NOTE:
The vehicle must be cooled with the hood open.
4. Start engine and let it idle for 5 minutes or more.
CAUTION:
Never turn ignition switch OFF during idling.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
>> GO TO 2. H
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. I
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-199, "Diagnosis Procedure". J
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524331
K
1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) harness connector. L
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between mass air flow sensor harness connector and ground.
M
+
Voltage
MAF sensor −
(Approx.) N
Connector Terminal
F53 5 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT P
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between mass air flow sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
MAF sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F53 5 F77 74 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between mass air flow sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
MAF sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F53 6 F77 64 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check the intake air temperature sensor. Refer to EC-200, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). Refer to EM-24, "Exploded
View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524332
>> GO TO 4. N
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 60 minutes. O
2. Move the vehicle to a cool place.
NOTE:
Cool the vehicle in an environment of ambient air temperature between −10°C (14°F) and 35°C (95°F).
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and soak the vehicle for 12 hours. P
CAUTION:
Never turn ignition switch ON during soaking.
NOTE:
The vehicle must be cooled with the hood open.
4. Start engine and let it idle for 5 minutes or more.
CAUTION:
Never turn ignition switch OFF during idling.
ECT sensor
+ − Condition Resistance (kΩ)
Terminal
20 (68) 2.10 – 2.90
Temperature [°C
1 2 50 (122) 0.68 – 1.00
(°F)]
90 (194) 0.236 – 0.260 PBIB2005E
ECT sensor
Resistance
+ − Condition
(kΩ)
Terminal
20 (68) 2.10 - 2.90
1 2 Temperature [°C (°F)] 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 PBIB2005E
+
Voltage
ECT sensor −
(Approx.)
N
Connector Terminal
F70 1 Ground 5V
O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
P
2.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECT sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
ECT sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F70 1 F77 70 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECT sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
ECT sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F70 2 F77 76 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check the engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to EC-204, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to CO-32, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524339
ECT sensor
Resistance
+ − Condition
(kΩ)
Terminal
20 (68) 2.10 - 2.90
1 2 Temperature [°C (°F)] 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 PBIB2005E
>> GO TO 2. J
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC. K
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-205, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END L
+
Voltage
Electric throttle control actuator −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F50 2 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
+ −
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
ator
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F50 2 F54 24 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 2 CIRCUIT
Check sensor power supply 2 circuit. Refer to EC-446, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
+ −
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
ator
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F50 4 F54 19 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and the ground.
+ A
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
EC
123
124
E16
127 Ground Existed C
128
12
F54 D
16
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident". E
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con- F
nector.
+ − G
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
ator
H
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F50 3 F54 23 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power. I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. J
8.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Check the throttle position sensor. Refer to EC-207, "Component Inspection".
K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to CO-32, "Exploded View". L
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524342
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage P
Connector
Terminal
Fully released More than 0.36V
22
Accelera- Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
F54 19
tor pedal Fully released Less than 4.75V
23
Fully depressed More than 0.36V
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
H
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
I
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR FUNCTION J
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. K
3. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” is above 20°C (68°F).
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT” above.
L
Is it above 20°C (68°F)?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3.
M
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT
1. Start engine and run it for 65 minutes at idle speed. N
2. Check 1st tip DTC.
If “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication increases to more than 20°C (68°F) within 65 minutes, stop engine
because the test result will be OK. O
CAUTION:
Be careful not to overheat engine.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT” above. P
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-210, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
ECT sensor
Resistance
+ − Condition
(kΩ)
Terminal
20 (68) 2.10 - 2.90
1 2 Temperature [°C (°F)] 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 PBIB2005E
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I
With CONSULT
1. Wait until engine coolant temperature is less than 96°C (205°F)
J
- Turn ignition switch ON.
- Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
- Check the engine coolant temperature.
- If the engine coolant temperature is not less than 96°C (205°F), turn ignition switch OFF and cool down K
engine.
NOTE:
Perform the following steps before engine coolant temperature is above 96°C (205°F). L
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT
4. Start engine.
5. Hold vehicle speed at more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 100 consecutive seconds. M
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
6. Check 1st trip DTC. N
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT” above.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? O
YES >> Proceed to EC-211, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524347 P
>> GO TO 2. J
2.PRECONDITIONING-2
With CONSULT K
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the following conditions:
L
Ambient temperature −10°C (14°F) or more
A/C switch OFF
Blower fan switch OFF M
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
4. Check the following conditions:
N
COOLAN TEMP/S −10°C – 56°C (14 – 133°F)
Is the condition satisfied? O
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> 1. Satisfy the condition.
2. GO TO 3.
P
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Drive the vehicle until the following condition is satisfied.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at safe speed.
- STEP 1
*: Example
ECT sensor
Resistance
+ − Condition C
(kΩ)
Terminal
20 (68) 2.10 - 2.90
1 2 Temperature [°C (°F)] 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
D
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Let engine idle for 2 minutes.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-218, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 3.
NO-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 7.
3.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 FUNCTION
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” indication.
Does the indication fluctuate around 2.2 V?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Proceed to EC-218, "Diagnosis Procedure".
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B-1
1. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276” (for DTC P0130) or “A/F SEN1 (B2) P1286” (for DTC P0150) of “A/F
SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Touch “START”.
3. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT screen.
+
DTC A/F sensor 1 − Voltage
Bank Connector Terminal
P0130 1 F65 1
Ground Battery voltage
P0150 2 F5 1
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
+ −
DTC A/F sensor 1 IPDM E/R Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0130 1 F65 1
E119 8 Existed
P0150 2 F5 1
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
DTC A/F sensor 1 ECM Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
3 73
P0130 1 F65
4 69
F77 Existed
3 81
P0150 2 F5
4 77
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector
and ground.
+ A
DTC A/F sensor 1 − Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal
EC
3
P0130 1 F65
4
Ground Not existed
3 C
P0150 2 F5
4
D
+
DTC ECM − Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal E
73
P0130 1
69
F77 Ground Not existed F
81
P0150 2
77
5. Also check harness for short to power. G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. H
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
J
5.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-32, "Removal and Installation (Three Way Catalyst)".
CAUTION: K
• Discard any sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard
surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner L
[commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial
service tool).
M
>> INSPECTION END
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK A/F SENSOR FUNCTION
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” indication.
Is the indication constantly approx. 0 V?
YES >> Proceed to EC-221, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Restart engine.
5. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
6. Maintain the following conditions for about 20 consecutive seconds.
+
DTC A/F sensor 1 − Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal
3
P0131 1 F65
4
Ground Not existed
3
P0151 2 F5
4
+
DTC ECM − Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal
73
P0131 1
69
F77 Ground Not existed
81
P0151 2
77
5. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-32, "Removal and Installation (Three Way Catalyst)".
CAUTION:
• Discard any sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard
surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner
[commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial
service tool).
I
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK A/F SENSOR FUNCTION
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. J
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” indication.
Is the indication constantly approx. 5V? K
YES >> Proceed to EC-224, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE L
+
DTC A/F sensor 1 − Voltage
Bank Connector Terminal
P0132 1 F65 1
Ground Battery voltage
P0152 2 F5 1
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
+ −
DTC A/F sensor 1 IPDM E/R Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0132 1 F65 1
E119 8 Existed
P0152 2 F5 1
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
DTC A/F sensor 1 ECM Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
3 73
P0132 1 F65
4 69
F77 Existed
3 81
P0152 2 F5
4 77
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector
and ground.
+ A
DTC A/F sensor 1 − Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal
EC
3
P0132 1 F65
4
Ground Not existed
3 C
P0152 2 F5
4
D
+
DTC ECM − Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal E
73
P0132 1
69
F77 Ground Not existed F
81
P0152 2
77
5. Also check harness for short to power. G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. H
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
J
5.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-32, "Removal and Installation (Three Way Catalyst)".
CAUTION: K
• Discard any sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard
surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner L
[commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial
service tool).
M
>> INSPECTION END
: 0.70 V
JSBIA4446GB
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE using CONSULT.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
7. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
8. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
Revision: August 2015 EC-226 2016 NV NAM
P0137, P0157 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches 70°C (158°F).
9. Open engine hood. A
10. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1147” (for DTC P0137) or “HO2S2 (B2) P1167” (for DTC P0157) of “HO2S2” in
“DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE using CONSULT.
11. Start engine and follow the instruction of CONSULT display.
EC
NOTE:
It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed.
12. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
Which is displayed on CONSULT screen? C
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-228, "Diagnosis Procedure".
CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED>>GO TO 4. D
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle). E
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again.
>> GO TO 3. F
5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-227, "Component Function Check".
NOTE: G
Use component function check to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-228, "Diagnosis Procedure".
I
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000012524360
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following condition.
ECM
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
P0137 57 The voltage
Keeping engine should be above
F77 59 at idle for 10 min- 0.70 V at least
P0157 58 utes once during this
procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-3
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following condition.
ECM
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
P0137 57 The voltage
Coasting from 80 should be above
F77 59 km/h (50 MPH) in 0.70 V at least
P0157 58 D position once during this
procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-228, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524361
+ −
DTC HO2S2 ECM Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0137 1 F13 4
F77 59 Existed
P0157 2 F12 4
5. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Revision: August 2015 EC-228 2016 NV NAM
P0137, P0157 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
A
+ −
DTC HO2S2 ECM Continuity
EC
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0137 1 F13 1 57
F77 Existed
P0157 2 F12 1 58 C
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector and
ground.
D
+
DTC HO2S2 − Continuity
E
Bank Connector Terminal
P0137 1 F13 1
Ground Not existed
P0157 2 F12 1 F
+
DTC ECM − Continuity
G
Bank Connector Terminal
P0137 1 57 H
F77 Ground Not existed
P0157 2 58
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? I
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 J
1.INSPECTION START P
Do you have CONSULT?
Do you have CONSULT?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Revision: August 2015 EC-229 2016 NV NAM
P0137, P0157 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” as the monitor item
using CONSULT.
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.
JSBIA3451ZZ
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be above 0.70 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be below 0.18 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-1
Without CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following condition.
ECM
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
P0137 57 The voltage
Revving up to
should be above
4,000 rpm under
F77 59 0.70 V at least
P0157 58 no load at least
once during this
10 times
procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-2
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following condition.
ECM A
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
EC
P0137 57 The voltage
Keeping engine should be above
F77 59 at idle for 10 min- 0.70 V at least
P0157 58 utes once during this C
procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END D
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-3 E
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following condition.
ECM F
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
P0137 57 The voltage G
Coasting from 80 should be above
F77 59 km/h (50 MPH) in 0.70 V at least
P0157 58 D position once during this H
procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END I
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View". J
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. K
• Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubri-
cant (commercial service tool).
L
PBIB1848E
MALFUNCTION B
To judge malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors
whether the minimum voltage of sensor is sufficiently low during var-
ious driving conditions such as fuel cut.
PBIB2376E
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A C
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. D
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
6. Let engine idle for 2 minutes. E
7. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-235, "Diagnosis Procedure". F
NO-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 3.
NO-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 5.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B G
With CONSULT
NOTE:
For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30 °C (32 to 86 °F). H
1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON. I
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
7. Let engine idle for 1 minute. J
8. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches 70°C (158°F).
9. Open engine hood.
K
10. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1146” (for DTC P0138) or “HO2S2 (B2) P1166” (for DTC P0158) of “HO2S2” in
“DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
11. Start engine and follow the instruction of CONSULT display.
NOTE: L
It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed.
12. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
Which is displayed on CONSULT screen? M
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-235, "Diagnosis Procedure".
CON NOT BE DIAGNOSED>>GO TO 4. N
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B AGAIN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again. O
>> GO TO 3.
P
5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION B
Without CONSULT
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-234, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
Revision: August 2015 EC-233 2016 NV NAM
P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-235, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000012524364
ECM
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
P0138 57 The voltage
Revving up to
should be below
4,000 rpm under
F77 59 0.18 V at least
P0158 58 no load at least
once during this
10 times
procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-2
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following condition.
ECM
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
P0138 57 The voltage
Keeping engine should be below
F77 59 at idle for 10 0.18 V at least
P0158 58 minutes once during this
procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-3
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following condition.
ECM
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
P0138 57 The voltage
Coasting from
should be below
80 km/h (50
F77 59 0.18 V at least
P0158 58 MPH) in D posi-
once during this
tion
procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-235, "Diagnosis Procedure".
A
1.INSPECTION START
Confirm the detected malfunction (A or B). Refer to EC-232, "DTC Logic".
EC
Which malfunction is detected?
A >> GO TO 2.
B >> GO TO 7.
C
2.CHECK HO2S2 CONNECTOR FOR WATER
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector. D
3. Check connectors for water.
+ −
H
DTC HO2S2 ECM Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0138 1 F13 4 I
F77 59 Existed
P0158 2 F12 4
3. Also check harness for short to power.
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
K
4.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
L
+ −
DTC HO2S2 ECM Continuity
M
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0138 1 F13 1 57
F77 Existed
P0158 2 F12 1 58 N
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector and
ground.
O
+
DTC HO2S2 − Continuity
P
Bank Connector Terminal
P0138 1 F13 1
Ground Not existed
P0158 2 F12 1
+
DTC ECM − Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal
P0138 1 57
F77 Ground Not existed
P0158 2 58
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Check the heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EC-237, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
• Discard any sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard
surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner
[commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial
service tool).
+ −
DTC HO2S2 ECM Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0138 1 F13 4
F77 59 Existed
P0158 2 F12 4
5. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
9.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ − A
DTC HO2S2 ECM Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
P0138 1 F13 1 57
F77 Existed
P0158 2 F12 1 58
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector and C
ground.
+ D
DTC HO2S2 − Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal
E
P0138 1 F13 1
Ground Not existed
P0158 2 F12 1
F
+
DTC ECM − Continuity
G
Bank Connector Terminal
P0138 1 57
F77 Ground Not existed
P0158 2 58 H
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10. I
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
10.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 J
Check the heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EC-237, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident". K
NO >> GO TO 11.
11.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
L
Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
• Discard any sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard
surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. M
• Before installing new sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner
[commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial
service tool). N
1.INSPECTION START
P
Do you have CONSULT?
Do you have CONSULT?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
With CONSULT
JSBIA3451ZZ
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be above 0.70 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be below 0.18 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-1
Without CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following condition.
ECM
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
P0138 57 The voltage
Revving up to
should be above
4,000 rpm under
F77 59 0.70 V at least
P0158 58 no load at least
once during this
10 times
procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-2
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following condition.
ECM A
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
EC
P0138 57 The voltage
Keeping engine should be above
F77 59 at idle for 10 min- 0.70 V at least
P0158 58 utes once during this C
procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END D
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-3 E
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following condition.
ECM F
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
P0138 57 The voltage G
Coasting from 80 should be above
F77 59 km/h (50 MPH) in 0.70 V at least
P0158 58 D position once during this H
procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END I
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View". J
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. K
• Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubri-
cant (commercial service tool).
L
SEF302U
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
7. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
ECM
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
P0139 57 A change of
Revving up to voltage should
4,000 rpm under be more than
F77 59
P0159 58 no load at least 0.96 V for 1 sec-
10 times ond during this
procedure.
For Mexico
ECM
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
P0139 57 A change of
Revving up to voltage should
4,000 rpm under be more than
F77 59
P0159 58 no load at least 0.80 V for 1 sec-
10 times ond during this
procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-2
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following condition.
Except for Mexico
ECM
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
P0139 57 A change of volt-
age should be
Keeping engine
more than 0.96
F77 59 at idle for 10
P0159 58 V for 1 second
minutes
during this pro-
cedure.
ECM A
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
EC
P0139 57 A change of volt-
age should be
Keeping engine
more than 0.80
F77 59 at idle for 10
P0159 58 V for 1 second C
minutes
during this pro-
cedure.
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-3 E
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following condition.
Except for Mexico
F
ECM
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal G
P0139 57 A change of volt-
Coasting from
age should be
80 km/h (50
more than 0.96 H
F77 59 MPH) on the
P0159 58 V for 1 second
suitable gear po-
during this pro-
sition
cedure.
I
For Mexico
ECM
DTC + – Condition Voltage J
Connector
Terminal
P0139 57 A change of volt-
Coasting from K
age should be
80 km/h (50
more than 0.80
F77 59 MPH) on the
P0159 58 V for 1 second
suitable gear po-
during this pro-
sition L
cedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END M
NO >> Proceed to EC-243, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524369
N
1.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-141, "Description".
2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. O
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0172, P0174 or P0175 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0172, P0174 or P0175. Refer to EC-253, "DTC Logic"
or EC-257, "DTC Logic". P
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
DTC HO2S2 ECM Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0139 1 F13 4
F77 59 Existed
P0159 2 F12 4
5. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
DTC HO2S2 ECM Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0139 1 F13 1 57
F77 Existed
P0159 2 F12 1 58
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector and
ground.
+
DTC HO2S2 − Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal
P0139 1 F13 1
Ground Not existed
P0159 2 F12 1
+
DTC ECM − Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal
P0139 1 57
F77 Ground Not existed
P0159 2 58
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Check the heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EC-245, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
• Discard any sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard
surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
1.INSPECTION START C
JSBIA3451ZZ K
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be above 0.70 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be below 0.18 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 6.
N
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-1
Without CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. O
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. P
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following condition.
ECM
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
P0139 57 The voltage
Revving up to
should be above
4,000 rpm under
F77 59 0.70 V at least
P0159 58 no load at least
once during this
10 times
procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-2
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following condition.
ECM
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
P0139 57 The voltage
Keeping engine should be above
F77 59 at idle for 10 min- 0.70 V at least
P0159 58 utes once during this
procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-3
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following condition.
ECM
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
P0139 57 The voltage
Coasting from 80 should be above
F77 59 km/h (50 MPH) in 0.70 V at least
P0159 58 D position once during this
procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubri-
cant (commercial service tool).
Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this F
electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the
sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of about 800°C
(1,472°F). G
PBIB3354E
I
J
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
To judge malfunctions, this diagnosis measures response time of the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/
F sensor 1 signal. The time is compensated by engine operating (speed and load), fuel feedback control con-
K
stant, and the A/F sensor 1 temperature index. Judgment is based on whether the compensated time (the A/F
signal cycling time index) is inordinately long or not.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause L
P014C Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
(bank 1) circuit slow re-
P014D sponse M
P015A Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
(bank 1) circuit delayed re- • Harness or connectors
P015B sponse • The response time of a A/F sensor 1 signal de-
(The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or N
lays more than the specified time computed by
P014E Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 shorted.)
ECM.
(bank 2) circuit slow re- • A/F sensor 1
P014F sponse
O
P015C Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
(bank 2) circuit delayed re-
P015D sponse
P
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Revision: August 2015 EC-247 2016 NV NAM
P014C, P014D, P014E, P014F, P015A, P015B, P015C, P015D, A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
Do you have CONSULT?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 6.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1
With CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1minute under no load.
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
7. Increase the engine speed up to about 3,600 rpm and keep it for 10 seconds.
8. Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for about 1 minute.
9. Check the items status of “DATA MONITOR” as follows.
NOTE:
If “PRSNT” changed to “ABSNT”, refer to EC-217, "Component Function Check".
PBIB1922E
A/F sensor 1
DTC Ground Voltage
Bank Connector Terminal
• P014C
• P014D
1 F65 1
• P015A
• P015B
Ground Battery voltage
• P014E
• P014F
2 F5 1
• P015C
• P015D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E2, F32
• IPDM E/R harness connector E119
• 15 A fuse (No. 54)
• Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse
ECM K
DTC Ground Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal
• P014C 73
• P014D
1
L
• P015A 69
• P015B
F77 Ground Not existed
• P014E 81
M
• P014F
2
• P015C 77
• P015D
5. Also check harness for short to power. N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. O
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure J
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
K
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
>> GO TO 2. L
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-141, "Description".
2. Start engine. M
Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4. N
3.RESTART ENGINE
If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too. O
Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
NOTE:
When depressing accelerator pedal three fourths (3/4) or more, the control system does not start the engine.
Do not depress accelerator pedal too much. P
Does engine start?
YES >> Proceed to EC-254, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Check exhaust and intake air leak visually.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-2
1. Keep engine idle for at least 5 minutes.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Revision: August 2015 EC-253 2016 NV NAM
P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-254, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-3
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Start engine.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive minutes.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
PBIB1216E
+ − A
DTC A/F sensor 1 ECM Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
3 73
P0171 1 F65
4 69
F77 Existed
3 81 C
P0174 2 F5
4 77
5. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector
and ground. D
+
E
DTC A/F sensor 1 − Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal
3 F
P0171 1 F65
4
Ground Not existed
3
P0174 2 F5 G
4
+ H
DTC ECM − Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal
73
I
P0171 1
69
F77 Ground Not existed
81 J
P0174 2
77
6. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE L
PBIB1986E
out. Always replace O-ring with new ones. Refer to EM-45, "Removal and Installation".
K
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-141, "Description". L
2. Start engine.
Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> GO TO 3. M
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.RESTART ENGINE
N
If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too.
Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
NOTE:
When depressing accelerator pedal three fourths (3/4) or more, the control system does not start the engine. O
Do not depress accelerator pedal too much.
Does engine start?
YES >> Proceed to EC-258, "Diagnosis Procedure". P
NO >> Remove spark plugs and check for fouling, etc.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-2
1. Keep engine idle for at least 10 minutes.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
PBIB1216E
+ −
DTC A/F sensor 1 ECM Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
3 73
P0172 1 F65
4 69
F77 Existed
3 81
P0175 2 F5
4 77
+ −
DTC A/F sensor 1 Continuity EC
Ground
Bank Connector Terminal
3
P0172 1 F65 C
4
Ground Not existed
3
P0175 2 F5
4 D
+ −
E
DTC ECM Continuity
Ground
Bank Connector Terminal
73 F
P0172 1
69
F77 Ground Not existed
81
P0175 2 G
77
6. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE I
Check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-146, "Work Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
J
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”. Refer to FL-11, "Removal and Installation".
5.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR K
With CONSULT
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. L
For specification, refer to EC-463, "Mass Air Flow Sensor".
With GST
1. Install all removed parts. M
2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in “Service $01” with GST.
For specification, refer to EC-463, "Mass Air Flow Sensor".
Is the measurement value within the specification?
N
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
grounds. Refer to EC-192, "Diagnosis Procedure".
6.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR O
With CONSULT
1. Start engine. P
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Without CONSULT
1. Start engine and let it idle.
PBIB1986E
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always perform the following proce-
dure before conducting the next test. J
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
K
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A-1 L
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? M
YES >> Proceed to EC-263, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE N
With CONSULT
1. Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
O
2. Check “COOLAN TEMP/S” value.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT” above.
“COOLAN TEMP/S” less than 60°C (140°F)? P
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A-2
With CONSULT
1. Cool engine down until “COOLAN TEMP/S” is less than 60°C (140°F).
>> GO TO 8.
8.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE B
1. Start engine and let it idle for 60 minutes.
2. Move the vehicle to a cool place.
NOTE:
Cool the vehicle in an environment of ambient air temperature between −10°C (14°F) and 35°C (95°F).
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and soak the vehicle for 12 hours.
CAUTION:
Never turn ignition switch ON during soaking.
NOTE:
The vehicle must be cooled with the hood open.
4. Start engine and let it idle for 5 minutes or more.
CAUTION:
Never turn ignition switch OFF during idling.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-263, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000012524379
1.INSPECTION START
F
Confirm the detected malfunction (A or B). Refer to EC-261, "DTC Logic".
Which malfunction is detected?
A >> GO TO 2.
G
B >> GO TO 6.
2.CHECK DTC WITH COMBINATION METER
Check DTC with combination meter. Refer to MWI-17, "CONSULT Function (METER/M&A)". H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Proceed to MWI-54, "Component Function Check". I
3.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE (FTT) SENSOR POWER
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
2. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
harness connector and ground. K
+
Voltage L
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
C5 4 Ground 5V M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. PBIB0932E
NO >> GO TO 4. N
4.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE (FTT) SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. O
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector and ECM harness
connector.
P
+ −
Fuel level sensor unit and
ECM Continuity
fuel pump
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C5 4 E16 111 Existed
+ −
Fuel level sensor unit and
Combination meter Continuity
fuel pump
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C5 5 M24 24 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE (FTT) SENSOR
Check the FTT sensor. Refer to EC-264, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump. Refer to FL-11, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524381
H
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. I
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-265, "Diagnosis Procedure". J
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524383
K
1.CHECK DTC WITH COMBINATION METER
Refer to MWI-17, "CONSULT Function (METER/M&A)". L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Proceed to MWI-54, "Component Function Check". M
2.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE (FTT) SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector. N
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
harness connector and ground. O
+
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel
−
Voltage P
pump (Approx.)
Connector Terminal
C5 4 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
PBIB0932E
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
+ −
Fuel level sensor unit and
ECM Continuity
fuel pump
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C5 4 E16 111 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE (FTT) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect combination meter harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector and combination
meter harness connector.
+ −
Fuel level sensor unit and
Combination meter Continuity
fuel pump
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C5 5 M24 24 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE (FTT) SENSOR
Check the FTT sensor. Refer to EC-266, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”. Refer to FL-11, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524384
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-268, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524386
+ − G
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
ator
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal H
F50 2 F54 24 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
J
4.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 2 CIRCUIT
Check sensor power supply 2 circuit. Refer to EC-446, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT L
N
+ −
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
ator
O
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F50 4 F54 19 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power. P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and the ground.
+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
123
124
E16
127
Ground Existed
128
12
F54
16
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
+ −
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
ator
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F50 1 F54 22 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
8.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Check the throttle position sensor. Refer to EC-270, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-25, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524387
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
Fully released More than 0.36V
22
Accelera- Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
F54 19
tor pedal Fully released Less than 4.75V
23
Fully depressed More than 0.36V
EC
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 °C (158 °F),
Engine coolant temperature (T) T should be lower than 70 °C (158 °F).
condition I
When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F).
Driving time varies according to the engine speed in the freeze frame data.
J
N
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
Check the following.
• Connection condition of the ground F10 and F16 O
• Connection condition of the ground harness between the engine assembly and vehicle body (if equipped)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. P
NO >> Repair or replace the error-detected parts.
2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE
1. Start the engine and run it at idle speed.
2. Listen for the sound of the intake air leak.
3. Check PCV hose connection.
Is intake air leak detected?
PBIB1986E
SEF156I
N
9.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-3
1. Reconnect the initial spark plugs.
2. Crank the engine for about 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug O
and the grounded portion.
+ −
A/F sensor 1 ECM Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
3 73
1 F65
4 69
F77 Existed
3 81
2 F5
4 77
5. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector
and ground.
+
A/F sensor 1 − Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal
3
1 F65
4
Ground Not existed
3
2 F5
4
+ A
ECM − Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal
EC
73
1
69
F77 Ground Not existed
81 C
2
77
6. Also check harness for short to power.
D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
E
15.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
Refer to EC-179, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? F
YES >> GO TO 16.
NO >> Replace (malfunctioning) A/F sensor 1. Refer to EC-20, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Compo-
nent Parts Location". G
16.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
With CONSULT H
Check mass air flow sensor signal in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
For specification, refer to EC-463, "Mass Air Flow Sensor".
With GST
Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST. I
For specification, refer to EC-463, "Mass Air Flow Sensor".
Is the measurement value within the specification?
J
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
ground. Refer to EC-192, "Diagnosis Procedure".
17.CHECK SYMPTOM TABLE K
O
>> GO TO 19.
19.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident". P
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-278, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524391
+
DTC Knock sensor − Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal
P0327, P0328 1 F213 2
Ground Existed
P0332, P0333 2 F214 2
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
+ −
DTC Knock sensor ECM Continuity C
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0327, P0328 1 F213 1 85
F77 Existed D
P0332, P0333 2 F214 1 86
3. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR F
Check the knock sensor. Refer to EC-279, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
G
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace knock sensor. Refer to EM-105, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524392 H
CAUTION: M
Do not use any knock sensors that have been dropped or physically damaged. Use only new ones.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END N
NO >> Replace knock sensor. Refer to EM-105, "Exploded View".
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
If engine does not start, crank engine for at least 2 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-280, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524394
+
Voltage
CKP sensor (POS) −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F17 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. PBIB0664E
NO >> GO TO 2.
+ −
CKP sensor (POS) IPDM E/R Continuity C
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F17 1 E119 4 Existed
D
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. E
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. F
2. Check the continuity between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ground.
+ G
CKP sensor (POS) − Continuity
Connector Terminal
H
F17 3 Ground Existed
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? I
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT J
+ −
CKP sensor (POS) ECM Continuity L
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F17 2 F77 89 Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground and to power. M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. N
JSBIA1448ZZ
JPBIA5390ZZ
F
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure G
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. H
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V with igni-
tion switch ON. I
>> GO TO 2.
J
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
If engine does not start, crank engine for at least 2 seconds. K
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-283, "Diagnosis Procedure". L
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-2
M
1. Maintaining engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
N
YES >> Proceed to EC-283, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524397 O
+
Voltage
DTC CMP sensor (PHASE) −
(Approx.)
Bank Connector Terminal
P0340 1 F66 3
Ground Battery voltage
P0345 2 F76 3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connec-
tor.
+ −
DTC CMP sensor (PHASE) IPDM E/R Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0340 1 F66 3
E119 4 Existed
P0345 2 F76 3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ground.
+
DTC CMP sensor (PHASE) − Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal
P0340 1 F66 1
Ground Existed
P0345 2 F76 1
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
DTC CMP sensor (PHASE) ECM Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0340 1 F66 2 94
F77 Existed
P0345 2 F76 2 93
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
SEC905C G
PBIB0563E
M
2.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE)-2
Check the resistance CMP sensor (PHASE) terminals as per the fol-
lowing. N
SEF484YB
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
7. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
8. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches 70°C (158°F).
9. Open engine hood.
G
>> GO TO 3.
6.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-3
Check 1st trip DTC. H
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-288, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END I
JPBIA5387ZZ
ECM
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
P0420 57 The voltage fluctua-
tion cycle takes
Keeping engine
more than 5 sec-
speed at 2,500
F77 59 onds.
P0430 58 rpm constant un-
• 1 cycle: 0.6 - 1.0
der no load
→ 0 - 0.3 → 0.6 -
1.0
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-288, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524401
PBIB1216E
SEF156I
PBIB1026E
J
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1
With CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and let it idle for at least 70 seconds.
6. Select “PURG FLOW P0441” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode of
“ENGINE” using CONSULT.
7. Touch “START”.
Is “COMPLETED” displayed on CONSULT screen?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-2
When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT screen. Maintain the
conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take at least 35 seconds.)
C
ECM
+ –
Connector
Terminal D
E16 102 112
8. Check EVAP control system pressure sensor value at idle speed and note it.
9. Establish and maintain the following conditions for at least 1 minute. E
SEF367U
SEF368U
>> GO TO 14.
P
14.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
With GST
1. Turn ignition switch ON. C
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
+ D
Voltage
ECM −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E16 111 Ground 3.1 - 4.2 V E
3. Start engine and wait at least 60 seconds.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
F
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-297, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 5.
G
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. H
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 20 seconds.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
I
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-297, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END J
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524406
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY K
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. L
4. Check the voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
ground.
M
+
EVAP canister purge volume Voltage
−
control solenoid valve (Approx.) N
Connector Terminal
F15 2 Ground Battery voltage
O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
P
2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
IPDM E/R harness connector.
+ −
EVAP canister purge volume
IPDM E/R Continuity
control solenoid valve
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F15 2 E119 4 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
ECM harness connector.
+ −
EVAP canister purge volume
ECM Continuity
control solenoid valve
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F15 1 F54 42 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR
1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.
2. Check connectors for water.
1. Remove EVAP canister (1) with EVAP canister vent control valve (2) and EVAP control system pressure
sensor attached. G
2. Check if water will drain from EVAP canister.
Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
YES >> GO TO 11. H
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent
Incident".
I
J
JSBIA0692ZZ
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
O
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524407
Without CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
4. Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve as per the following
conditions.
>> GO TO 2.
J
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 13 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC. K
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-301, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END L
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY M
2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
IPDM E/R harness connector.
+ −
EVAP canister purge volume
IPDM E/R Continuity
control solenoid valve
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F15 2 E119 4 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
ECM harness connector.
+ −
EVAP canister purge volume
ECM Continuity
control solenoid valve
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F15 1 F54 42 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 4.
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
With CONSULT
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine.
3. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
4. Check that engine speed varies according to the valve opening.
Does engine speed vary according to the valve opening?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Check the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-302, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-25, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524410
Without CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector. F
3. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
4. Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve as per the following
conditions. G
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and wait at least 8 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-304, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524412
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT?
Do you have CONSULT?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and then turn ON.
2. Select “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Touch “ON/OFF” on CONSULT screen.
4. Check for operating sound of the valve.
+
Voltage EC
EVAP canister vent control valve −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
C6 1 Ground Battery voltage
C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. PBIB0152E
NO >> GO TO 4. D
4.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector. E
3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister vent control valve harness connector and IPDM E/R harness
connector.
F
+ −
EVAP canister vent control
IPDM E/R Continuity
valve G
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C6 1 E119 3 Existed
H
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. I
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister vent control valve harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector. K
+ −
EVAP canister vent control L
ECM Continuity
valve
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M
C6 2 E16 106 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING O
1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
2. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower.
7.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Check the EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to EC-306, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
JMBIA0168ZZ
Condition VENT CONT/V Air passage continuity between (A) and (B)
ON Not existed
OFF Existed
Operation takes less than 1 second.
Without CONSULT
1. Disconnect EVAP canister vent control valve harness connector.
2. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time as per JMBIA0169ZZ
Condition VENT CONT/V Air passage continuity between (A) and (B)
ON Not existed EC
OFF Existed
Operation takes less than 1 second.
C
Without CONSULT
1. Clean the air passage [portion (A) to (B)] of EVAP canister vent
control valve using an air blower. JMBIA0169ZZ
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 1 minute.
4. Repeat next procedures five times.
- Increase the engine speed up to between 3,000 and 3,500 rpm and maintain that speed for 2 minutes.
Do not exceed 2 minutes.
- Fully released accelerator pedal and keep engine idle for about 5 seconds.
5. Repeat next procedure 27 times.
- Quickly increase the engine speed up to between 3,000 and 3,500 rpm and maintain that speed for 25 to
30 seconds.
- Fully released accelerator pedal and keep engine idle for at least 35 seconds.
JMBIA1516GB
JSBIA0692ZZ
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
I
The weight should be less than 2.5 kg (5.5 lb).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. J
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. K
• EVAP canister for damage
• EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection
L
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
6.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR
M
1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.
2. Check connectors for water.
JMBIA0168ZZ
Condition VENT CONT/V Air passage continuity between (A) and (B)
ON Not existed
OFF Existed
Operation takes less than 1 second.
Without CONSULT
1. Disconnect EVAP canister vent control valve harness connector.
2. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time as per JMBIA0169ZZ
Condition VENT CONT/V Air passage continuity between (A) and (B)
ON Not existed EC
OFF Existed
Operation takes less than 1 second.
C
Without CONSULT
1. Clean the air passage [portion (A) to (B)] of EVAP canister vent
control valve using an air blower. JMBIA0169ZZ
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Start engine and wait at least 40 seconds.
NOTE:
Do not depress accelerator pedal even slightly.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-312, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524418
+
EVAP control system pressure sen- Voltage EC
−
sor (Approx.)
Connector Terminal
C4 3 Ground 5V
C
+ −
EVAP control system pres- G
ECM Continuity
sure sensor
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C4 3 E16 107 Existed H
+ − L
EVAP control system pres-
ECM Continuity
sure sensor
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal M
C4 1 E16 112 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
O
5.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector. P
+ −
EVAP control system pres-
ECM Continuity
sure sensor
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C4 2 E16 102 Existed
ECM Condition
[Applied vacuum Voltage
+ –
Connector 2 (Approx.)
Terminal kPa (kg/cm , psi)]
ECM
Voltage N
+ −
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
E16 111 128 Less than 4.2 V O
3. Make sure that the voltage is less than 4.2 V.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds. P
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-316, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
+
EVAP control system pressure sen- Voltage
−
sor (Approx.)
Connector Terminal
C4 3 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.
+ −
EVAP control system pres-
ECM Continuity
sure sensor
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C4 3 E16 107 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts
4.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.
+ −
EVAP control system pres-
ECM Continuity
sure sensor
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C4 1 E16 112 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
ECM Condition
[Applied vacuum Voltage L
+ –
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal kPa (kg/cm2, psi)]
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
5. Make sure that “FUEL T/TMP SE” indication is more than 0°C (32°F).
6. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds.
7. Check 1st trip DTC.
With GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes to ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
ECM
Voltage
+ −
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
E16 111 128 Less than 4.2 V
3. Make sure that the voltage is less than 4.2 V.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-319, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
A
1.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR FOR WATER
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector. EC
3. Check sensor harness connector for water.
+ F
EVAP control system pressure sen- Voltage
−
sor (Approx.)
Connector Terminal G
C4 3 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
H
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM har- J
ness connector.
+ − K
EVAP control system pres-
ECM Continuity
sure sensor
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal L
C4 3 E16 107 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts
N
4.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. O
3. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.
P
+ −
EVAP control system pres-
ECM Continuity
sure sensor
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C4 1 E16 112 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
+ −
EVAP control system pres-
ECM Continuity
sure sensor
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C4 2 E16 102 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK RUBBER TUBE
1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
2. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower, repair or replace rubber tube.
7.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-306, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to FL-15, "Removal and Installation".
8.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-321, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to FL-17, "Removal and Installation".
9.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER IS SATURATED WITH WATER
1. Remove EVAP canister (1) with EVAP canister vent control valve (2) and EVAP control system pressure
sensor attached.
2. Check if water will drain from the EVAP canister.
Does water drain from EVAP canister?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent
Incident".
JSBIA0692ZZ
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524425 D
This diagnosis detects a very large leak (fuel filler cap fell off etc.) in EVAP system between the fuel tank and
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
PBIB3640E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to
close.
• Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve
• Incorrect fuel filler cap used
• Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap.
• Leak is in line between intake manifold
and EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve.
• Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister
vent control valve.
• EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks
EVAP control system has a very large leak such • EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube)
P0455 EVAP control system
as fuel filler cap fell off, EVAP control system leaks
0455 gross leak detected
does not operate properly. • EVAP purge line rubber tube bent.
• Loose or disconnected rubber tube
• EVAP canister vent control valve and the
circuit
• EVAP canister purge volume control so-
lenoid valve and the circuit
• Fuel tank temperature sensor
• O-ring of EVAP canister vent control
valve is missing or damaged.
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
• Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve
• ORVR system leaks
CAUTION:
• Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the
MIL may illuminate.
• If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may illuminate.
• Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement.
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000012524427
CAUTION:
Never remove fuel filler cap during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
NOTE:
SEF915U
>> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Check the following.
• EVAP canister vent control valve is installed properly.
Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
• EVAP canister vent control valve.
Refer to FL-13, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring.
8.INSTALL THE PRESSURE PUMP
To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter and pressure pump to EVAP service port securely.
NOTE:
Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the EVAP service port may cause leaking.
SEF916U
4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. E
Refer to EC-46, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System
Description".
OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Repair or replace.
G
SEF200U
Without CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. I
2. Apply 12 volts DC to EVAP canister vent control valve. The valve will close. (Continue to apply 12 volts
until the end of test.)
Refer to EC-30, "EVAP Canister Vent Control Valve".
3. Pressurize the EVAP line using pressure pump with 1.38 to 2.76 kPa (0.014 to 0.028 kg/cm2, 0.2 to 0.4 J
psi), then remove pump and EVAP service port adapter.
CAUTION:
• Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump. K
• Never exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak L
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. Refer
to EC-46, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System
Description". M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Repair or replace. N
SEF200U
O
11.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
With CONSULT P
1. Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
2. Start engine.
3. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
4. Touch “Qu” on CONSULT screen to increase “PURG VOL CONT/V” opening to 100%.
5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
G
FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FILLER CAP)
1. Wipe clean valve housing.
H
SEF445Y
K
2. Check valve opening pressure and vacuum.
PBIB1026E
1.PRECONDITIONING A
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
EC
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Do you have CONSULT?
C
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE D
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “EVAP DIAG READY” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using
CONSULT. E
2. Start engine and wait at idle until “OFF” of “EVAP DIAG READY” changes to “ON”.
NOTE:
It will take at most 2 hours until “OFF” of “EVAP DIAG READY” changes to “ON”.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 90 minutes. F
NOTE:
Never turn ignition switch ON during 90 minutes.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and select “EVAP LEAK DIAG” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using G
CONSULT.
5. Check that “EVAP LEAK DIAG” indication.
Which is displayed on CONSULT? H
CMPLT >> GO TO 3.
YET >> Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again. GO TO 1.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK I
Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
J
YES >> Proceed to EC-329, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE K
With GST
1. Start engine and wait engine idle for at least 2 hours.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 90 minutes. L
NOTE:
Never turn ignition switch ON during 90 minutes.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check 1st trip DTC. M
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-329, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END N
O
1.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
P
SEF915U
JSBIA0692ZZ
Weigh the EVAP canister assembly with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pres-
sure sensor attached.
E
The weight should be less than 2.5 kg (5.5 lb).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 10.
F
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART G
Check the following.
• EVAP canister for damage
• EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection H
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
10.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION I
With CONSULT
1. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP service port (2)
and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve (1) from J
EVAP service port.
2. Start engine and let it idle.
3. Select “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of K
“ENGINE”.
4. Touch “Qu” on CONSULT screen to increase “PURG VOL C/V”
opening to 100%. L
5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum.
>> GO TO 18.
18.CHECK EVAP/ORVR LINE
Check EVAP/ORVR line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kinks, looseness and improper
connection. For location, refer to EC-439, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
19.CHECK RECIRCULATION LINE
Revision: August 2015 EC-332 2016 NV NAM
P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Check recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kinks, cracks, looseness and
improper connection. A
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 20.
NO >> Repair or replace hose, tube or filler tube. EC
20. CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
Check the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve. Refer to EC-441, "Component Inspection (Refueling EVAP vapor
C
cut valve)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 21. D
NO >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank. Refer to FL-6, "Removal and Installation".
21.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Check the fuel level sensor. Refer to MWI-55, "Component Inspection". E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit. Refer to FL-11, "Removal and Installation". F
K
SEF445Y
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and wait maximum of 2 consecutive minutes.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-334, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524434
1.PRECONDITIONING
L
WARNING:
When performing the following procedure, always observe the handling of the fuel. Refer to FL-2,
"General Precaution".
TESTING CONDITION: M
Before starting component function check, preparation of draining fuel and refilling fuel is required.
Do you have CONSULT?
N
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK O
With CONSULT
NOTE:
Start from step 10, if it is possible to confirm that the fuel cannot be drained by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/ P
8 Imp gal) in advance.
1. Prepare a fuel container and a spare hose.
2. Release fuel pressure from fuel line, refer to EC-146, "Work Procedure".
3. Remove the fuel feed hose on the fuel level sensor unit.
4. Connect a spare fuel hose where the fuel feed hose was removed.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds then turn ON.
6. Select “FUEL LEVEL SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
7. Check “FUEL LEVEL SE” output voltage and note it.
Revision: August 2015 EC-335 2016 NV NAM
P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
8. Select “FUEL PUMP RELAY” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
9. Touch “ON” and drain fuel approximately 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal) and stop it.
10. Check “FUEL LEVEL SE” output voltage and note it.
11. Fill fuel into the fuel tank for 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal).
12. Check “FUEL LEVEL SE” output voltage and note it.
13. Confirm whether the voltage changes more than 0.03V during step 7 to 10 and 10 to 12.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-336, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Without CONSULT
NOTE:
Start from step 8, if it is possible to confirm that the fuel cannot be drained by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8
Imp gal) in advance.
1. Prepare a fuel container and a spare hose.
2. Release fuel pressure from fuel line. Refer to EC-146, "Work Procedure".
3. Remove the fuel feed hose on the fuel level sensor unit.
4. Connect a spare fuel hose where the fuel feed hose was removed.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
6. Drain fuel by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal) from the fuel tank using proper equipment.
7. Confirm that the fuel gauge indication varies.
8. Fill fuel into the fuel tank for 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal).
9. Confirm that the fuel gauge indication varies.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-336, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524437
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. I
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION: J
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at ignition
switch ON.
K
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
L
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
M
YES >> Proceed to EC-337, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524439 N
ECM receives vehicle speed signals from two different paths via CAN communication line: One is from the
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via the combination unit and the other is from TCM.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524441
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine.
2. Shift the selector lever to D range and wait at least for 2 seconds.
3. Drive the vehicle at least 5 seconds at 20 km/h (13 MPH) or more.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-338, "Diagnosis Procedure"
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524442
Check DTC with ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-44, "DTC Index".
Is the inspection result normal? EC
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.
3.CHECK DTC WITH COMBINATION METER C
Check DTC with combination meter. Refer to MWI-22, "DTC Index".
Is the inspection result normal?
D
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.
4.CHECK OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR E
Check output speed sensor. Refer to TM-93, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. F
NO >> Replace or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR
G
Check wheel sensor. Refer to BRC-77, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident". H
NO >> Replace or replace error-detected parts.
The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let
into the intake manifold, by operating the electric throttle control actuator. The operating of the throttle valve is
varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The crankshaft position sensor (POS) detects
the actual engine speed and sends a signal to the ECM.
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value
memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily.
The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions,
such as during warming up, deceleration and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan
operation, etc.).
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524444
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
ISC SYSTEM
The idle speed is less than the target idle speed • Electric throttle control actuator
P0506 (Idle speed control system
by 100 rpm or more. • Intake air leak
RPM lower than expected)
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Restart engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-340, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524445
EC
The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let
into the intake manifold, by operating the electric throttle control actuator. The operating of the throttle valve is
varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The crankshaft position sensor (POS) detects
the actual engine speed and sends a signal to the ECM.
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value
memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily.
The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions,
such as during warming up, deceleration and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan
operation, etc.).
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524447
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-342, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524448
ECM controls ignition timing and engine idle speed when engine is started with pre-warming up condition.
This control promotes the activation of three way catalyst by heating the catalyst and reduces emissions.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524450
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
4. Check the indication of “COOLAN TEMP/S”.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT” above.
Is the value of “COOLAN TEMP/S” between 15°C (59°F) and 36°C (97°F)?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO-1 [If it is below 15°C (59°F)]>>Warm up the engine until the value of “COOLAN TEMP/S” reaches 15°C
(59°F) or more. Retry from step 1.
NO-2 [If it is above 36°C (97°F)]>>Cool engine down to less than 36°C (97°F). Retry from step 1.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-2
With CONSULT
1. Set the select lever in N range.
2. Start the engine and warm up in idle with the value of “COOLAN TEMP/S” between 15°C (59°F) and 40°C
(104°F) for more than 15 seconds.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT” above.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-346, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524453
+
Voltage
PSP sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F46 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK PSP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between PSP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ − A
PSP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
F46 1 F77 79 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK PSP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT D
+ −
F
PSP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F46 3 F77 72 Existed G
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
H
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK PSP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT I
1. Check the continuity between PSP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ − J
PSP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
K
F46 2 F77 65 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK PSP SENSOR M
Refer to EC-347, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
N
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace PSP sensor. Refer to EC-20, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Loca-
tion".
O
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524454
ECM
Voltage
+ – Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
Being turned 0.5 - 4.5 V
F77 65 72 Steering wheel
Not being turned 0.4 - 0.8 V
Is the inspection result normal? JPBIA5394ZZ
Battery voltage is supplied to the ECM even when the ignition switch is turned OFF for the ECM memory func- EC
tion of the DTC memory, the air-fuel ratio feedback compensation value memory, the idle air volume learning
value memory, etc.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524456 C
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Repeat step 1 and 2 for 10 times. J
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? K
YES >> Proceed to EC-349, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524457
L
>> GO TO 2.
H
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON (engine stopped) and wait least 20 minutes.
CAUTION: I
Never start engine during this procedure.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check 1st trip DTC. J
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-351, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END K
L
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC. M
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to EC-351, "DTC Logic".
Is the 1st trip DTC P0604 displayed again?
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-462, "Removal and Installation". N
NO >> INSPECTION END
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON (engine stopped) and wait least 20 minutes.
CAUTION:
Never start engine during this procedure.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-352, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524461
O
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC. P
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure for 3 times. Refer to EC-353, "DTC Logic".
Is the 1st trip DTC P0606 displayed again?
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-462, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> INSPECTION END
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON (engine stopped) and wait least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-354, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524465
>> GO TO 2.
H
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. I
3. Repeat step 1 and 2 for 5 times.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
J
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-355, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
K
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524467
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON (engine stopped) and wait least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-356, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524469
ECM supplies a voltage of 5 V to some of the sensors systematically divided into 2 groups, respectively. EC
Accordingly, when a short circuit develops in a sensor power source, a malfunction may occur simultaneously
in the sensors belonging to the same group as the short-circuited sensor.
SENSOR POWER SUPPLY C
Sensor Power Supply 1
• Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor 1)
• EVAP control system pressure sensor D
• Power steering pressure sensor
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
NOTE: E
If sensor power supply 1 circuit is malfunctioning, DTC P0643 is displayed.
Sensor Power Supply 2
• Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor 2) F
• Electric throttle control actuator
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524471
G
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. M
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION: N
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2. O
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
P
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-358, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
+
Voltage
ECM −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
99
E16
107
Ground 5V
79
F77
96
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check harness for short to power and to ground, between the following terminals.
+ −
ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
99 APP sensor E20 2
E16
107 EVAP control system pressure sensor C4 3
79 PSP sensor F46 1
F77
96 Refrigerant pressure sensor E48 1
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
Refer to EC-314, "Component Inspection".
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
Refer to EC-444, "Diagnosis Procedure".
• Power steering pressure sensor
Refer to EC-347, "Component Inspection".
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
Refer to EC-401, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace malfunctioning component.
When the selector lever position is P or N, park/neutral position (PNP) signal from the TCM is sent to ECM. EC
ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON signal) exists.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524474
C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT? G
Do you have CONSULT?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5. H
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
I
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. J
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK PNP SIGNAL FUNCTION K
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. L
2. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. Then check the “P/N
POSI SW” signal under the following conditions.
M
Position (Selector lever) Known-good signal
N or P position ON
Except above position OFF N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Proceed to EC-360, "Diagnosis Procedure". O
ECM
Voltage
Connec- + – Condition
(Approx.)
tor Terminal
P or N Battery voltage
E16 118 128 Selector lever
Except above 0V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-360, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524476
The malfunction information related to TCS is transferred via the CAN communication line from “ABS actuator EC
and electric unit (control unit)” to ECM.
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for “ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)” but also for ECM after TCS related repair.
C
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524480
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition Possible cause E
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• ABS actuator and electric unit
TCS/CIRC ECM receives malfunction information from
P1211 (control unit)
(TCS communication line) “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)”. F
• TCS related parts
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test. H
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION: I
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle.
>> GO TO 2. J
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds. K
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-363, "Diagnosis Procedure" L
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524481
M
Perform the trouble diagnosis for TCS. Refer to TM-62, "Work Flow".
This CAN communication line is used to control the smooth engine operation during the TCS operation. Pulse
signals are exchanged between ECM and “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)”.
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for “ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)” but also for ECM after TCS related repair.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524483
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-364, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524484
Perform the trouble diagnosis for TCS. Refer to TM-62, "Work Flow".
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pres- P
sure fluid escaping from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.
SEF621W
OFF*4 10 • Coolant return from res- • Visual Should be initial level in CO-11, "System Inspec-
ervoir tank to radiator reservoir tank tion"
P
OFF 11 • Cylinder head • Straight gauge feeler 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maxi- EM-91, "Removal and In-
gauge mum distortion (warping) stallation"
12 • Cylinder block and pis- • Visual No scuffing on cylinder EM-115, "Inspection After
tons walls or piston Disassembly"
*1: Turn the ignition switch ON.
*2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes.
*3: Drive at 90 km/h (55 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes.
>> GO TO 2.
H
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. I
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? J
YES >> Proceed to EC-369, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524489 K
JSBIA2864ZZ
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for 32 times.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-370, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524491
JSBIA2864ZZ
>> GO TO 2. I
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds. J
2. Press MAIN switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Press CANCEL switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Press ACCEL/RES switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Press COAST/SET switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. K
6. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-371, "Diagnosis Procedure". L
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524493
M
1.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH CIRCUIT
With CONSULT N
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “CANCEL SW”, “RESUME/ACC SW” and “SET SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”
using CONSULT.
3. Check each item indication as per the following conditions. O
RESUME/ACC Pressed ON
ACCEL/RES switch
SW Released OFF
Without CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.
ECM
+ - Voltage
Condition
(Approx.)
Con- Termi- Con- Termi-
nector nal nector nal
MAIN switch: Pressed 0V
CANCEL switch: Pressed 1V
COAST/SET switch: Pressed 2V
E16 101 E16 108
ACCEL/RES switch: Pressed 3V
All ASCD steering switches:
4V
Released
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect spiral cable harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between spiral cable harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
Spiral cable ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M30 32 E16 108 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and spiral cable harness connector.
+ −
Spiral cable ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M30 25 E16 101 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH
Refer to EC-373, "Component Inspection".
When the brake pedal is depressed, ASCD brake switch is turned OFF and stop lamp switch is turned ON.
ECM detects the state of the brake pedal by those two types of input (ON/OFF signal).
Refer to EC-43, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Description" for the ASCD func-
tion.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524496
Trouble diagnosis
name
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis
content)
When the vehicle speed is above 30 km/h • Harness or connectors
(19 MPH), ON signals from the stop lamp (The stop lamp switch circuit is shorted.)
A)
switch and the ASCD brake switch are sent • Harness or connectors
ASCD BRAKE SW to the ECM at the same time. (The ASCD brake switch circuit is shorted.)
P1572 (ASCD brake • Stop lamp switch
switch) ASCD brake switch signal is not sent to • ASCD brake switch
B) ECM for extremely long time while the ve- • Incorrect stop lamp switch installation
hicle is being driven. • Incorrect ASCD brake switch installation
• ECM
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
1. Start engine (VDC switch OFF).
2. Press MAIN switch and make sure that CRUISE lamp illuminates.
3. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following conditions.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle.
If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
Without CONSULT M
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
N
ECM
Voltage
+ – Condition
Connector (Approx.)
O
Terminal
Slightly de-
0V
E16 126 128 Brake pedal pressed
P
Fully released Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-2
With CONSULT
Without CONSULT
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
ECM
Voltage
+ – Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
Slightly de-
Battery voltage
E16 126 128 Brake pedal pressed
Fully released 0V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between ASCD brake switch harness connector and ground.
+
ASCD brake switch − Voltage
Connector Terminal
E37 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
4.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
ASCD brake switch ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E37 2 E16 126 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
Refer to EC-377, "Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch)"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace ASCD brake switch. Refer to BR-22, "Exploded View".
+
Stop lamp switch − Voltage C
Connector Terminal
E38 1 Ground Battery voltage
D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
E
7.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector and ECM harness connector. F
+ −
Stop lamp switch ECM Continuity G
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E38 2 E16 122 Existed
H
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. I
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
8.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
J
Check the stop lamp switch. Refer to EC-378, "Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
K
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-22, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch) INFOID:0000000012524498
L
1.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH-1
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector. M
3. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals as
per the following conditions.
N
ASCD brake switch
+ − Condition Continuity
Terminals O
Fully released Existed
1 2 Brake pedal Slightly de-
pressed
Not existed P
SEC023D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH-2
1. Adjust ASCD brake switch installation. Refer to BR-10, "Inspection and Adjustment".
The ECM receives two vehicle speed signals via the CAN communication line. One is sent from “combination EC
meter”, and the other is from TCM (Transmission control module). The ECM uses these signals for ASCD con-
trol. Refer to EC-43, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Description" for ASCD func-
tions.
C
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524501
Trouble diagnosis
G
name
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis
content)
• Harness or connectors H
(The CAN communication line is open or
shorted.)
ASCD VHL SPD SEN
The difference between the two vehicle speed • Combination meter
P1574 (ASCD vehicle speed
signals is out of the specified range. • ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
I
sensor)
• Wheel sensor
• TCM
• ECM J
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING K
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. L
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
M
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine (VDC switch OFF). N
2. Drive the vehicle at more than 38 km/h (24 MPH).
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. O
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle.
If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
3. Check DTC. P
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-380, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
ECM receives input speed sensor signal from TCM via the CAN communication line. ECM uses this signal for EC
engine control.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524504
C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE:
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC UXXXX first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. D
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0335, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0335. Refer
to EC-280, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0340, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0340. Refer
E
to EC-283, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer
to EC-352, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer F
to EC-354, "DTC Logic".
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-382, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524507
BBIA0569E
4. Check the voltage between VIAS control solenoid valve harness connector and ground
+
Voltage
VIAS control solenoid valve −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F75 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
With CONSULT
1. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. J
3. Perform “VIAS SOL VALVE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE”.
4. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time as per
the following conditions. K
JMBIA0180ZZ
N
Without CONSULT
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time as per the fol-
lowing conditions. O
+ N
Stop lamp switch − Voltage
Connector Terminal
O
E38 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. P
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
3.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
Stop lamp switch ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E38 2 E16 122 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Refer to EC-386, "Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-22, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) INFOID:0000000012524511
P
1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Check harness connector for water.
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FOR EXHAUST GAS LEAK
1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before the three way catalyst 2.
Is exhaust gas detected?
YES >> Repair or replace.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
1. Reconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
2. Start engine and run it at idle.
3. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
Is intake air leak detected?
YES >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-141, "Description".
2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0172, P0174 or P0175 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-253, "DTC Logic"
or EC-257, "DTC Logic".
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground.
+
DTC A/F sensor 1 − Voltage
Bank Connector Terminal
P2096
1 F65 1
P2097
Ground Battery voltage
P2098
2 F5 1
P2099
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
+ − A
DTC A/F sensor 1 IPDM E/R Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
P2096
1 F65 1
P2097
E119 8 Existed
P2098 C
2 F5 1
P2099
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
E
8.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. F
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ − G
DTC A/F sensor 1 ECM Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
H
P2096 3 73
1 F65
P2097 4 69
F77 Existed
P2098 3 81 I
2 F5
P2099 4 77
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector
and ground. J
+
K
DTC A/F sensor 1 − Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal
P2096 3 L
1 F65
P2097 4
Ground Not existed
P2098 3
2 F5 M
P2099 4
+
N
DTC ECM − Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal
P2096 73 O
1
P2097 69
F77 Ground Not existed
P2098 81
2 P
P2099 77
5. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
9.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
Revision: August 2015 EC-389 2016 NV NAM
P2096, P2097, P2098, P2099 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
Check the A/F sensor 1 heater. Refer to EC-179, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 12.
10.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Check heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EC-229, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Repair or replace.
12.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EC-20, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Loca-
tion".
CAUTION:
• Discard any sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard
surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner
[commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial
service tool).
Do you have CONSULT?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 14.
13.CONFIRM A/F ADJUSTMENT DATA
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “A/F ADJ-B1” and “A/F ADJ-B2” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Make sure that “0.000” is displayed on CONSULT screen.
Is “0.000” displayed?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 14.
14.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-141, "Description".
Do you have CONSULT?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> INSPECTION END
15.CONFIRM A/F ADJUSTMENT DATA
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “A/F ADJ-B1” and “A/F ADJ-B2” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Make sure that “0.000” is displayed on CONSULT screen.
ECM
+ − Voltage
Connector
Terminal
F54 34 128 Battery voltage
+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F54 34 E122 47 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground as per the following conditions.
ECM
Voltage
+ − Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
Ignition switch:
0V
OFF
F54 1 E16 128
Ignition switch: Battery volt-
ON age
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F54 1 E119 6 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
>> GO TO 2.
J
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. K
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-393, "Diagnosis Procedure". L
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524517
M
1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per
N
the following conditions.
ECM
Voltage
O
+ − Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
Ignition switch: P
0V
OFF
F54 1 E16 128
Ignition switch: Battery volt-
ON age JPBIA5402ZZ
+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F54 1 E119 6 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F54 34 E122 47 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. Refer to EM-25, "Exploded View".
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
+ −
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
ator
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
5 Not existed
5
2 Existed
F50 F54
5 Existed
6
2 Not existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
1. Remove the intake air duct. Refer to EM-24, "Exploded View".
JSBIA2864ZZ
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-396, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524520
+ −
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
ator
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
5 Not existed
5
2 Existed
F50 F54
5 Existed
6
2 Not existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Shift selector lever to D position and wait at least 3 seconds.
3. Shift selector lever to P position.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
6. Shift selector lever to D position and wait at least 3 seconds.
7. Shift selector lever to P position.
8. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON.
9. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-398, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Shift selector lever to D position and wait at least 3 seconds.
3. Shift selector lever to P position.
4. Start engine and let it idle for 3 seconds.
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-398, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524523
JSBIA2864ZZ
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-400, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524525
+
Voltage
APP sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E20 2 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Revision: August 2015 EC-400 2016 NV NAM
P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. A
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ − EC
APP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C
E20 2 E16 99 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT E
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. F
+ −
APP sensor ECM Continuity
G
+ − K
APP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E20 3 E16 97 Existed
L
ECM
>> GO TO 2. I
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC. J
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-403, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END K
L
1.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY-1
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector. M
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector terminals.
N
APP sensor
Voltage
+ −
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal O
E20 1 5 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
P
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY-2
Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.
+
Voltage
APP sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E20 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness connector for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
+ −
APP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E20 1 E16 103 Existed
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 2 CIRCUIT
Check sensor power supply 2 circuit. Refer to EC-446, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
APP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E20 5 E16 116 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and the ground.
+ A
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
EC
123
124
E16
127 C
Ground Existed
128
12
F54 D
16
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident". E
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. F
+ −
G
APP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E20 6 E16 98 Existed H
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
I
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts
8.CHECK APP SENSOR J
Check the APP sensor. Refer to EC-405, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident". K
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524529
L
1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. M
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
N
ECM
+ –
Condition Voltage (V) O
Con- Termi- Con- Termi-
nector nal nector nal
Fully re-
0.65 - 0.87 P
leased
97 100
Fully de-
More than 4.3
Accelera- pressed
E16 E16
tor pedal Fully re-
0.28 - 0.48
leased
98 116
Fully de-
More than 2.0
pressed
+
Voltage
Electric throttle control actuator −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F50 2 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground.
+ −
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
ator
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F50 2 F54 24 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 2 CIRCUIT
Check sensor power supply 2 circuit. Refer to EC-446, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
+ −
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
ator
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F50 4 F54 19 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and the ground.
+ A
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
EC
123
124
E16
127 C
Ground Existed
128
12
F54 D
16
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident". E
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con- F
nector.
+ − G
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
ator
H
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 22
F50 F54 Existed
3 23 I
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. J
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR K
Check the throttle position sensor. Refer to EC-409, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident". L
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-25, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524532
M
1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. N
3. Perform “ Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning”. Refer to EC-138, "Description".
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Set selector lever to D position. O
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following conditions.
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
Fully released More than 0.36V
22
Accelera- Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
F54 19
tor pedal Fully released Less than 4.75V
23
Fully depressed More than 0.36V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-25, "Removal and Installation".
APP sensor
Voltage
+ − P
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
E20 2 4 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.
+
Voltage
APP sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E20 2 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
APP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E20 2 E16 99 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY-1
Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.
APP sensor
Voltage
+ −
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
E20 1 5 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY-2
Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.
+
Voltage
APP sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E20 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ − A
APP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
E20 1 E16 103 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 2 CIRCUIT D
+ −
APP sensor ECM Continuity H
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E20 4 E16 100 Existed
I
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10. J
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
9.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT
K
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
L
+ −
APP sensor ECM Continuity
M
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E20 5 E16 116 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power. N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. O
10.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and the ground. P
+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
123
124
E16
127
Ground Existed
128
12
F54
16
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
11.CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
APP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
3 97
E20 E16 Existed
6 98
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts
12.CHECK APP SENSOR
Check the APP sensor. Refer to EC-414, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524535
ECM A
+ –
Condition Voltage (V)
Con- Termi- Con- Termi-
nector nal nector nal EC
Fully re-
0.65 - 0.87
leased
97 100 C
Fully de-
More than 4.3
Accelera- pressed
E16 E16
tor pedal Fully re-
0.28 - 0.48 D
leased
98 116
Fully de-
More than 2.0
pressed
E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Removal and Installation".
F
>> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING-2
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-141, "Description".
Will CONSULT be used?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Start engine.
4. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 75°C (167°F).
>> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-2
With CONSULT
1. Select “SYSTEM 1 DIAGNOSIS B B1” and “SYSTEM 1 DIAGNOSIS A B1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of
“ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Drive vehicle under the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.
CAUTION:
Revision: August 2015 EC-416 2016 NV NAM
P219A, P219B AIR FUEL RATIO
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ40DE]
• Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
A
ENG SPEED 1,400 – 2,400 rpm
COOLAN TEMP/S More than 75°C (167°F)
EC
B/FUEL SCHDL 11 – 16 msec
Selector lever D position
SYSTEM 1 DIAGNOSIS B B1 PRSENT C
NOTE:
• Drive the vehicle at approximately 88 km/h (55MPH) allows easy diagnosis.
• Keep the accelerator pedal as possible during crusing. D
PBIB1922E
Without CONSULT
1. Let engine idle.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.
PBIB3332E
PBIA9666J F
7.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-1
CAUTION: G
Perform the following steps in a well-ventilated area with no combustibles.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove fuel pump fuse from IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure.
NOTE: H
CONSULT must not be used to release fuel pressure. It develops again during the following steps,
if released by using CONSULT.
3. Start the engine. I
4. After an engine stall, crank the engine two or three times to release all the fuel pressure.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Disconnect all the harness connectors of ignition coil to prevent electric discharge from occurring in igni-
tion coil. J
7. Remove ignition coil assembly and spark plug of cylinder. Refer to EM-40, "Removal and Installation".
8. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
9. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil. K
10. Allow a 13-17mm (0.52-0.66 in) spacing between spark plug and
grounded metal portion as shown in the figure to fix the ignition
coil with a rope or an equivalent.
11. Crank the engine for approximately 3 seconds to see if sparking L
occurs between spark plug and the grounded metal portion.
SEF156I
ECM
Voltage
+ – Condition G
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
Slightly de-
Brake pedal 0V
E16 126 128 pressed H
Brake pedal Fully released Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
I
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-421, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524539 J
+ M
ASCD brake switch − Voltage
Connector Terminal
E37 1 Ground Battery voltage N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. PBIB0857E
O
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
2.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. P
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
ASCD brake switch ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E37 2 E16 126 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
Refer to EC-422, "Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch)"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace ASCD brake switch.
Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch) INFOID:0000000012524540
1.CHECK DTC G
Check that DTC UXXXX is not displayed.
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
2.CHECK DTC WITH COMBINATION METER I
Refer to MWI-17, "CONSULT Function (METER/M&A)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. J
NO >> Repair or replace.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT K
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-68, "Removal and Installation". L
NO >> Repair or replace.
+
IPDM E/R − Continuity
Connector Terminal
E122 38
Ground Existed
E124 59
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and cooling fan motor harness connector.
− +
IPDM E/R Cooling fan motor Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
20 1
E120 E113 Existed
24 3
3. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between cooling fan motor harness connector and ground.
+ A
Cooling fan motor − Continuity
Connector Terminal
EC
2
E113 Ground Existed
4
2. Also check harness for short to ground. C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. D
4.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR
Check the cooling fan motor. Refer to EC-425, "Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor)". E
The electrical load signal (Headlamp switch signal, rear window defogger switch signal, etc.) is transferred via
the CAN communication line.
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000012524549
HEATER FAN ON ON
Heater fan control switch
SW OFF OFF
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-426, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524550
1.INSPECTION START
Confirm the malfunctioning circuit (rear window defogger, headlamp or heater fan). Refer to EC-426, "Compo-
nent Function Check".
Which circuit is related to the incident?
Rear window defogger>>GO TO 2.
Headlamp>>GO TO 3.
Heater fan>>GO TO 4.
E
>> INSPECTION END
1.INSPECTION START
Turn ignition switch to START.
Are any cylinders ignited?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Proceed to EC-428, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR FUNCTION
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE using CONSULT.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Without CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.
PBIB1986E
+
Fuel injector − Voltage
Cylinder Connector Terminal
1 F212 1
2 F18 1
3 F211 1
Ground Battery voltage
4 F20 1
5 F210 1
6 F22 1
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between fuel injector harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ − A
Fuel injector ECM Continuity
Cylinder Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
1 F212 2 33
2 F18 2 44
3 F211 2 48 C
F54 Existed
4 F20 2 47
5 F210 2 46
D
6 F22 2 45
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR F
Refer to EC-429, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
G
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector. Refer to EM-45, "Removal and Installation".
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT H
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. I
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524553
J
Fuel injector
M
+ − Resistance
Terminals
1 2 11.1 - 14.5 Ω [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)] N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END PBIB1727E
NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector. Refer to EM-45, O
"Removal and Installation".
BBIA0563E
+
ECM − Voltage
Connector Terminal
F54 43 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-2
Check the voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.
+
IPDM E/R − Voltage
Connector Terminal
E122 46 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
NO >> GO TO 8.
3.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-3
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Check the voltage between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector and ground.
+ A
Fuel level sensor unit and
− Voltage
fuel pump
Connector Terminal EC
Battery voltage should exist for 1 second
C5 1 Ground
after ignition switch is turned ON.
C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 4.
D
4.CHECK 15A FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect 15A fuse (No. 48) from IPDM E/R. E
3. Check 15 A fuse.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. F
NO >> Replace fuse.
5.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-4
G
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
harness connector.
H
+ −
Fuel level sensor unit and
IPDM E/R Continuity I
fuel pump
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E119 13 C5 1 Existed
J
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. K
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT
L
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector and ground.
M
+
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel
− Continuity
pump
N
Connector Terminal
C5 3 Ground Existed
3. Also check harness for short to power. O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. P
7.CHECK FUEL PUMP
Refer to EC-432, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace fuel pump. Refer to FL-11, "Removal and Installation".
Fuel pump
+ − Resistance
Terminals
1 3 0.2 - 5.0 [Ω at 25°C (77°F)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END SEC918C
NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump. Refer to
FL-11, "Removal and Installation".
1.INSPECTION START EC
Turn ignition switch OFF, and restart engine.
Does the engine start?
C
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Proceed to EC-433, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.IGNITION SIGNAL FUNCTION D
With CONSULT
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Check that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop. E
Without CONSULT
1. Let engine idle.
2. Check the voltage signal between ECM harness connector and ground with an oscilloscope.
F
ECM
+ – G
Voltage signal
Connec- Connec-
Terminal Terminal
tor tor
9 H
10
11
F54 E16 128 I
13
14
15 JMBIA0035GB J
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-433, "Diagnosis Procedure".
L
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524558
+
Condenser-1 − Voltage
Connector Terminal
F21 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-3
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and condenser harness connector.
+ −
IPDM E/R Condenser-1 Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E119 3 F21 1 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK CONDENSER-1 GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the continuity between condenser harness connector and ground.
+
Condenser-1 − Continuity
Connector Terminal
F21 2 Ground Existed
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK CONDENSER-1
Refer to EC-437, "Component Inspection (Condenser-1)"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace condenser-1.
6.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-4
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between ignition coil harness connector and ground.
+ A
Ignition coil − Voltage
Cylinder Connector Terminal
EC
1 F207 3
2 F6 3
3 F208 3 C
Ground Battery voltage
4 F7 3
5 F209 3
D
6 F8 3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. E
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. F
2. Check the continuity between ignition coil harness connector and ground.
+ G
Ignition coil − Continuity
Cylinder Connector Terminal H
1 F207 2
2 F6 2
3 F208 2 I
Ground Existed
4 F7 2
5 F209 2
J
6 F8 2
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
8.CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT L
+ −
Ignition coil ECM Continuity N
Cylinder Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 F207 1 11
2 F6 1 10 O
3 F208 1 9
F54 Existed
4 F7 1 15
P
5 F209 1 14
6 F8 1 13
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
1.CHECK CONDENSER-1 H
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
3. Check resistance between condenser terminals as per the fol- I
lowing.
Condenser-1 J
+ − Resistance
Terminal
K
1 2 Above 1 MΩ [at 25°C (77°F)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END PBIB0794E L
NO >> Replace condenser.
1.CHECK DTC
Check that DTC UXXXX is not displayed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
2.CHECK DTC WITH COMBINATION METER
Refer to MWI-17, "CONSULT Function (METER/M&A)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-68, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace.
1.INSPECTION START E
JSBIA0692ZZ
N
>> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK DRAIN FILTER P
>> Repair or replace EVAP hose. Refer to FL-16, "Removal and Installation".
7.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
Refer to EC-441, "Component Inspection (Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank. Refer to FL-6, "Removal and Installation".
8.CHECK EVAP CANISTER
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
2. Weigh the EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
The weight should be less than 2.5 kg (5.5 lb).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 10.
9.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER IS SATURATED WITH WATER
Check if water will drain from EVAP canister (1).
JSBIA0692ZZ
>> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK DRAIN FILTER
Refer to EC-443, "Component Inspection (Drain filter)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Replace drain filter. Refer to FL-16, "Removal and Installation".
12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection.
SEF665U
1.INSPECTION START
K
Do you have CONSULT?
Do you have CONSULT?
YES >> GO TO 2. L
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
With CONSULT M
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-6, "Removal and Installation".
3. Drain fuel from the tank as follows: N
- Remove fuel feed hose located on the fuel gauge retainer.
- Connect a spare fuel hose, one side to fuel gauge retainer where the hose was removed and the other
side to a fuel container.
- Drain fuel using “FUEL PUMP RELAY” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. O
4. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as follows.
Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from the end of EVAP/ORVR line hose), and check that
the air flows freely into the tank. P
5. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows.
- Connect vacuum pump to hose end.
- Remove fuel gauge retainer with fuel gauge unit.
Always replace O-ring with new one.
- Turn fuel tank upside down.
BBIA0401E
BBIA0401E
JPBIA5374GB
G
ECM
Voltage
+ −
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
F77 63 64 1.0 - 4.0V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-444, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524568
+
Voltage
Refrigerant pressure sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E48 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.
+ −
Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E48 1 F77 96 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.
+ − A
Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
E48 3 F77 64 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT D
1. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and refrigerant pressure sensor harness connec-
tor.
E
+ −
Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM Continuity F
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E48 2 F77 63 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power. G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
H
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT.
Perform GI-43, "Intermittent Incident". I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. Refer to HA-68, "REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR :
Removal and Installation". J
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
ECM supplies a voltage of 5 V to some of the sensors systematically divided into 2 groups, respectively.
Accordingly, when a short circuit develops in a sensor power source, a malfunction may occur simultaneously
in the sensors belonging to the same group as the short-circuited sensor.
SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
Sensor Power Supply 1
• Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor 1)
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
• Power steering pressure sensor
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
NOTE:
If sensor power supply 1 circuit is malfunctioning, DTC P0643 is displayed.
Sensor Power Supply 2
• Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor 2)
• Electric throttle control actuator
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524570
+ –
Voltage
ECM
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E16 103
E16 128 5V
F54 24
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 2 CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect following sensors harness connector.
2. Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
+ −
ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
E16 103 APP sensor 2 E20 1
F54 24 Electric throttle control actuator F50 2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
• APP sensor 2 (Refer to EC-401, "Component Inspection".)
• Electric throttle control actuator (Refer to EC-207, "Component Inspection".)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
EC
BBIA0570E
Without CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Rev engine up to between 2,200 and 3,300 rpm and make sure
that power valve actuator rod moves.
BBIA0570E
Without CONSULT
1. Stop engine and disconnect vacuum hose connected to power valve actuator.
2. Disconnect VIAS control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Start engine and let it idle.
SEF109L
I
3.CHECK VACUUM TANK
1. Stop engine and disconnect vacuum hose connected to intake manifold collector.
2. Start engine and let it idle. J
3. Check vacuum existence from intake manifold collector.
Does vacuum existence from the intake manifold collector?
YES >> GO TO 4. K
NO >> Replace intake manifold collector. Refer to EM-25, "Removal and Installation".
4.CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
L
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect VIAS control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
M
O
BBIA0569E
4. Check the voltage between VIAS control solenoid valve harness connector and ground P
+
VIAS control solenoid valve − Voltage
Connector Terminal
F75 1 Ground Battery voltage
+ −
ECM VIAS control solenoid valve Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F54 39 F75 2 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Check VIAS control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-450, "Component Inspection (VIAS Control Solenoid Valve)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace VIAS control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-25, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection (VIAS Control Solenoid Valve) INFOID:0000000012524573
JMBIA0180ZZ
Without CONSULT
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time as per the fol-
lowing conditions.
PBIB0846E
F
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
Symptom Table INFOID:0000000012524575
SYMPTOM
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
page
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
page
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL
E
SYMPTOM
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
page
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA
Fuel Fuel tank FL-6
5
Fuel piping 5 5 5 5 5 5 MA-24
Vapor lock —
5
Valve deposit —
Poor fuel (Heavy weight gasoline, 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
—
Low octane)
Air Air duct EM-24
Air cleaner EM-24
Air leakage from air duct
(Mass air flow sensor — electric EM-24
5 5 5 5 5 5
throttle control actuator)
5 5 5 5
Electric throttle control actuator EM-25
Air leakage from intake manifold/ EM-25,
Collector/Gasket EM-28
Cranking Battery PG-86
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 CHG-10
Generator circuit
CHG-13
1 STR-17
Starter circuit 3
STR-21
Signal plate 6 EM-115
PNP signal circuit 4 TM-88
Engine Cylinder head
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-97
Cylinder head gasket 4 3
Cylinder block
Piston 4
Piston ring
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 EM-115
Connecting rod
Bearing
Crankshaft
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
page
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL
E
Lubrica- EM-34, I
tion Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/Oil LU-12, LU-
filter/Oil gallery 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 14,
LU-7 J
Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil LU-8
Cooling CO-17,
Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler cap
CO-18 K
Thermostat 5 CO-30
Water pump CO-24
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 5 L
Water gallery CO-7
CO-21 ,
Cooling fan
CO-22
5 M
Coolant level (Low)/Contaminat-
CO-11
ed coolant
IVIS (INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System —
1 1 SEC-8 N
NATS)
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE A
IDLE SPEED
Inspection INFOID:0000000012524577
EC
BBIA0530E
BBIA0531E
CAUTION: EC
• Do not use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
• Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure in EVAP system.
NOTE:
C
• Do not start engine.
• Improper installation of EVAP service port adapter to the EVAP service port may cause a leak.
1.EVAP LEAK CHECK D
With CONSULT
1. To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter and
pressure pump to EVAP service port. E
SEF462UA
H
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select the “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
4. Touch “START”. A bar graph (Pressure indicating display) will appear on the screen. I
5. Apply positive pressure to the EVAP system until the pressure indicator reaches the middle of the bar
graph.
6. Remove EVAP service port adapter and hose with pressure pump.
7. Locate the leak using a leak detector. Refer to EC-46, "EVAPO- J
RATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Diagram".
SEF200U
M
Without CONSULT
1. To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter and N
pressure pump to EVAP service port.
2. Apply battery voltage between the terminals of EVAP canister
vent control valve to make a closed EVAP system. O
3. To locate the leak, deliver positive pressure to the EVAP system
until pressure gauge points reach 1.38 to 2.76 kPa (0.014 to
0.028 kg/cm2, 0.2 to 0.4 psi). P
4. Remove EVAP service port adapter and hose with pressure
pump.
SEF462UA
SEF200U
E
PBIB1589E
CAUTION:
Perform ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM. Refer to EC-134, "Description".
REMOVAL
1. Disconnect ECM harness connectors. Refer to “HARNESS CONNECTOR (LEVER LOCKING TYPE)” in
PG-7, "Harness Connector".
2. Remove ECM bracket bolt.
3. Remove ECM.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
Condition Specification
C
No load* (in P or N position) 725 ± 50 rpm
*: Under the following conditions
• A/C switch: OFF D
• Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
• Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position
Condition Specification F
No load* (in P or N position) 20 ± 5° BTDC
*: Under the following conditions
• A/C switch: OFF G
• Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
• Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position
H
Calculated Load Value INFOID:0000000012524584
I
Condition Specification (Using CONSULT or GST)
At idle 5 – 35 %
At 2,500 rpm 5 – 35 % J
Mass Air Flow Sensor INFOID:0000000012524585
K
Supply voltage Battery voltage (11 – 14 V)
Output voltage at idle 0.7 – 1.2 V*
2.0 – 6.0 g/s at idle*
L
Mass air flow (Using CONSULT or GST)
7.0 – 20.0 g/s at 2,500 rpm*
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no load.
M
PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000012524586
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SR and SB section of this Service Man-
ual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SR section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-
ness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Igni-
tion ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery and wait at least three minutes before performing any service.
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and A/T INFOID:0000000012524587
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will illuminate the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
• Always to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery cable before any repair
or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will
cause the MIL to illuminate.
• Always to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MIL to illuminate due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
• Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-lock-
ing type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-7, "Harness Connec-
tor".
• Always route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with a
bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to illuminate due to the short circuit.
• Always to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MIL to illuminate due to the malfunction of the EVAP system or fuel injection system,
etc.
• Always to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and
TCM (Transmission control module) before returning the vehicle to the customer.
A
• Always use a 12 volt battery as power source.
• Never attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is
running. EC
• Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness con-
nector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative bat-
tery cable. Failure to do so may damage the ECM because
battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition switch is C
turned OFF.
• Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then dis-
connect battery ground cable. D
SEF289H
BBIA0387E
L
JSBIA1315ZZ
SEF348N
PBIB1144E
D
• Never depress accelerator pedal when starting.
• Immediately after starting, never rev up engine unnecessarily.
• Never rev up engine just prior to shutdown. E
G
SEF709Y
PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools INFOID:0000000012524589
The actual shapes of TechMate tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(TechMate No.) Description
Tool name
EG17650301 Adapting radiator cap tester to radiator cap and ra-
(J-33984-A) diator filler neck
Radiator cap tester a: 28 (1.10) dia.
adapter b: 31.4 (1.236) dia.
c: 41.3 (1.626) dia.
Unit: mm (in)
S-NT564
S-NT379
S-NT636
LEM054
LEC642
LBIA0376E
PBIC0198E
WBIA0539E F
Tool name
Description
(TechMate No.)
H
Leak detector Locates the EVAP leakage
i.e.: (J-41416)
J
S-NT703
S-NT704
Fuel filler cap adapter Checks fuel tank vacuum relief valve opening M
i.e.: (J-42909) pressure
ALBIA1353ZZ
O
Socket wrench Removes and installs engine coolant temperature
sensor
P
S-NT705
S-NT779
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A
COMPONENT PARTS
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
EC
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000012524591
ALBIA0720ZZ
O
ALBIA0723ZZ
EC
L
ALBIA0724ZZ
1. Intake manifold 2. Engine coolant temperature sensor 3. Ignition coils (with power transistor) M
(bank 2)
4. Injector harness connectors (bank 2) 5. Ignition coils (with power transistor) 6. Injector harness connectors (bank 1)
(bank 1)
N
7. EVAP canister purge volume control 8. EVAP service port 9. Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
solenoid valve (view from under the vehicle)
(view with engine cover removed)
10. Engine oil pan O
(view from under the vehicle)
: Vehicle front
P
ALBIA0725ZZ
EC
L
ALBIA0727ZZ
1. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (bank 2) 2. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (bank 1) 3. Three-way catalyst (manifold) (bank M
1)
4. Hearted oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1) 5. Three-way catalyst (under floor) 6. Muffler
(bank 1)
N
7. Three-way catalyst (under floor) 8. Hearted oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) 9. Three-way catalyst (manifold) (bank
(bank 2) 2)
: Vehicle front
O
ALBIA0728ZZ
ECM INFOID:0000000012524592
PBIB1164E
D
Malfunction Indicator lamp (MIL) INFOID:0000000012524593
JSBIA1315ZZ
H
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor INFOID:0000000012524594
JPBIA4615ZZ
L
OUTLINE
JSBIA0270GB
PBIB0145E
The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by the
power transistor. The power transistor turns ON and OFF the ignition
coil primary circuit. This ON/OFF operation induces the proper high
voltage in the coil secondary circuit.
JPBIA4613ZZ
A
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injec-
tor is energized. The energized coil pulls the ball valve back and EC
allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake manifold.
The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse dura-
tion. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains
open. The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on C
engine fuel needs.
D
PBIA9664J
Mass Air Flow Sensor (With Intake Air Temperature Sensor) INFOID:0000000012524598
E
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. It
measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire F
intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the
hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater G
the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change. H
PBIA9559J
I
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
The intake air temperature sensor is built-into mass air flow sensor. The sensor detects intake air temperature
and transmits a signal to the ECM. J
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. Electrical
resistance of the thermistor decreases in response to the temperature rise.
K
<Reference data>
N
SEF012P
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes.
ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure.
JMBIA0714GB
The crankshaft position sensor (POS) is located on the oil pan facing
the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate. It detects the fluctuation of
the engine revolution.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth
cause the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor
changes.
The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of
JMBIA0062ZZ
the engine revolution.
ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure.
JMBIA0714GB
A
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF
pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM.
The intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil EC
amount and direction of flow through intake valve timing control unit
or stops oil flow.
The longer pulse width advances valve angle.
The shorter pulse width retards valve angle. C
When ON and OFF pulse widths become equal, the solenoid valve
stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control
position. D
PBIB1842E
H
SEF594K
<Reference data> I
M
The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine
knocking using a piezoelectric element. A knocking vibration from
the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is
converted into a voltage signal and sent to the ECM. N
P
JSBIA0284ZZ
The refrigerant pressure sensor is installed at the condenser of the air conditioner system. The sensor uses an
electrostatic volume pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The voltage signal is sent
to ECM, and ECM controls cooling fan system.
PBIB2657E
Power steering pressure sensor is installed to the power steering high-pressure tube and detects a power
steering load.
This sensor is a potentiometer which transforms the power steering load into output voltage, and emits the
voltage signal to the ECM. The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator and adjusts the throttle valve
opening angle to increase the engine speed and adjusts the idle speed for the increased load.
Cooling Fan INFOID:0000000012524606
DESCRIPTION
The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant
pressure, and air conditioner ON signal. The control system has 4-step control [HIGH/MIDDLE/LOW/OFF].
Refer to EC-497, "COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description" for cooling fan operation.
COOLING FAN RELAY
Power supply for the cooling fan motor is provided via cooling fan relay.
EVAP Canister INFOID:0000000012524607
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the
vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
For details, refer to EC-498, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Description".
EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000012524608
PBIB3489E
A
The EVAP canister vent control valve is located on the EVAP canis-
ter and is used to seal the canister vent.
This solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the EC
ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized.
A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability to seal
the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative
emission control system components. C
This solenoid valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains
opened.
When the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evapo- D
rative emission control system is depressurized and allows “EVAP
Control System” diagnosis.
JSBIA1337GB
PBIB3370E
DESCRIPTION
The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sen- J
sor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an elec-
trode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the K
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range.
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at L
the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current
relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocar-
bon density in rich.
JMBIA0112GB
M
Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this
electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the N
sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of approxi-
mately 800°C (1,472°F).
O
JPBIA5443GB
DESCRIPTION
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),
monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas.
Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
are shifted, the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the sig-
nal from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt-
age from approximately 1 V in richer conditions to 0 V in leaner con-
ditions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
SEF327R
FUEL PUMP
The ECM activates the fuel pump for 1 second after the ignition
switch is turned ON to improve engine start ability. If the ECM
receives an engine speed signal from the camshaft position sensor
(PHASE), it knows that the engine is rotating, and causes the pump
to operate. If the engine speed signal is not received when the igni-
tion switch is ON, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump operation
and prevents battery discharging, thereby improving safety. The
ECM does not directly drive the fuel pump. It sends the control signal
to the fuel pump control module, which in turn controls the fuel
pump.
BBIA0402E
A
The fuel tank temperature sensor is used to detect the fuel tempera-
ture inside the fuel tank. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from
the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the fuel temper- EC
ature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the
change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases as temperature increases.
<Reference data> C
F
ASCD steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance for each button. ECM reads voltage variation
of switch, and determines which button is operated.
Refer to EC-496, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Description" for the ASCD
function. G
H
Stop lamp switch and ASCD brake switch are installed to brake pedal bracket.
ECM detects the state of the brake pedal by those two types of input (ON/OFF signal).
PBIB0062E
PBIB1588E
EC
PBIB1068E F
From the beginning of refueling, the air and vapor inside the fuel tank go through refueling EVAP vapor cut
valve and EVAP/ORVR line to the EVAP canister. The vapor is absorbed by the EVAP canister and the air is
released to the atmosphere. G
When the refueling has reached the full level of the fuel tank, the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve is closed and
refueling is stopped because of auto shut-off. The vapor which was absorbed by the EVAP canister is purged
during driving.
H
WARNING:
When conducting inspections below, be sure to observe the following:
• Put a “CAUTION: FLAMMABLE” sign in workshop.
• Never smoke while servicing fuel system. Keep open flames and sparks away from work area. I
• Always to furnish the workshop with a CO2 fire extinguisher.
CAUTION:
• Before removing fuel line parts, carry out the following procedures: J
- Put drained fuel in an explosion-proof container and put lid on securely.
- Release fuel pressure from fuel line. Refer to EC-596, "Work Procedure".
- Disconnect battery ground cable.
• Always replace O-ring when the fuel gauge retainer is removed. K
• Never kink or twist hose and tube when they are installed.
• Never tighten hose and clamps excessively to avoid damaging hoses.
• After installation, run engine and check for fuel leakage at connections. L
• Never attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically.
Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow, resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire.
M
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA1449GB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
P0603
ECM Engine torque may be limited.
P0607
P
• ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (Approx. 5 decrees) by the return spring.
P0604 ECM • The position of the following components is fixed.
- Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
• ASCD operation may be deactivated.
A
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
EC
I
JMBIA1833GB
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) VDC/TCS operation command*2
Combination meter Vehicle speed*2 P
BCM Air conditioner operation*2
*1: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions.
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM via the CAN communication line.
*3: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
PBIB3020E
The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for drive ability and emission control.
The three way catalyst (manifold) can better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses A/F sen-
sor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor whether the engine operation is rich or lean. The ECM adjusts the
injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about A/F sensor 1, refer to
EC-483, "Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1". This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric
(ideal air-fuel mixture).
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst (manifold). Even if the switching
characteristics of A/F sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from heated
oxygen sensor 2.
• Open Loop Control
The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback
control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion.
- Deceleration and acceleration
- High-load, high-speed operation
- Malfunction of A/F sensor 1 or its circuit
- Insufficient activation of A/F sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature
- High engine coolant temperature
- During warm-up
- After shifting from N to D
- When starting the engine
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL
The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from A/F sensor 1.
This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close to the theoret-
ical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as originally
designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot wire) and characteristic changes dur-
ing operation (i.e., fuel injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio.
G
PBIB0122E
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
M
JMBIA1834GB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Ignition order: 1 - 8 - 7 - 3 - 6 - 5 - 4 - 2
The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best air-fuel ratio for every running condition of the
engine. The ignition timing data is stored in the ECM.
The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and camshaft position sensor (PHASE) sig-
nal. Computing this information, ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor.
During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the ECM according to the other data stored in
the ECM.
• At starting
• During warm-up
• At idle
• At low battery voltage
• During acceleration
The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed
within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not
operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition.
The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL
A
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
EC
I
JMBIA1835GB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used. O
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned OFF.
• When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed.
• When cranking the engine. P
• At high engine speeds.
• When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high.
• When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed.
• When engine speed is excessively low.
• When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high.
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JMBIA1826GB
G
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JMBIA1857GB
NOTE: M
Cooling fan relay is not used.
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
N
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed*1
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Piston position O
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature IPDM E/R
↓
Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure Cooling fan
Cooling fan relay
control
↓
P
Battery Battery voltage*1
Cooling fan motor
Combination meter Vehicle speed*2
BCM Air conditioner ON signal*2
*1: The ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: This signal is sent to ECM via the CAN communication line.
JPBIA5445GB
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JMBIA1828GB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION F
K
PBIB1631E
The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister. L
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the
vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the
engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the M
engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
proportionally regulated as the air flow increases.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and N
idling.
JMBIA1703GB
EC
L
ALBIA0729ZZ
1. EVAP canister 2. EVAP control system pressure sen- 3. EVAP canister vent control valve M
sor
A : To previous figure : Vehicle front
N
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA1483GB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
PBIB3276E
This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake
valve.
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant
temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing (IVT) control sole-
noid valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake
valve to increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range.
FUEL FILLER CAP WARNING SYSTEM
A
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
EC
JSBIA1557GB
G
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
Input
Unit/Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function H
EVAP control system pressure sensor Pressure in purge line
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The fuel filler cap warning system alerts the driver to the prevention of the fuel filler being left uncapped and L
malfunction occurrences after refueling, by turning ON the fuel filler cap warning display on the combination
meter.
ECM judges a refueled state, based on a fuel level sensor signal transmitted from the combination meter via
M
CAN communication.
When a very small leak is detected through the EVAP leak diagnosis performed after judging the refueled
state, ECM transmits a fuel filler cap warning display signal (request for display ON) to the combination meter
via CAN communication. N
When receiving the signal, the combination meter turns ON the fuel filler cap warning display.
CAUTION:
Check fuel filler cap installation condition when the fuel filler cap warning display turns ON.
O
Reset Operation
The fuel filler cap warning lamp tunes OFF, according to any condition listed below:
• Reset operation is performed by operating the “INFO” switch on the combination meter. P
- When the reset operation is performed, the combination meter transmits a fuel filler cap warning reset signal
to ECM via CAN communication. ECM transmits a fuel filler cap warning display signal (request for display
OFF) to the combination meter via CAN communication. When receiving the signal, the combination meter
turns OFF the fuel filler cap warning display.
• EVAP leak diagnosis result is normal.
• Fuel refilled.
• DTC erased by using CONSULT.
NOTE:
Revision: August 2015 EC-503 2016 NV NAM
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56DE]
MIL turns ON if a malfunction is detected in leak diagnosis results again at the trip after the fuel filler cap warn-
ing display turns ON/OFF.
CAN COMMUNICATION
CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description INFOID:0000000012524629
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
Refer to LAN-30, "CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM : CAN Communication Signal Chart", about CAN com-
munication for detail.
JPBIA5371ZZ F
Item Function
K
CANCEL switch Cancels the cruise control driving.
ACCEL/RES switch • Resumes the set speed.
(RESUME/ACCELERATE) • Increases speed incrementally during cruise control driving. L
• Sets desired cruise speed.
COAST/SET switch
• Decreases speed incrementally during cruise control driving.
ASCD MAIN switch Master switch to activate the ASCD system. M
CANCEL OPERATION
When any of following conditions exist, cruise operation will be canceled.
• CANCEL switch is pressed N
• ASCD MAIN switch pressed (Set speed is cleared)
• More than 2 switches at ASCD steering switch are pressed at the same time (Set speed will be cleared)
• Brake pedal is depressed O
• Selector lever position is changed to N, P or R
• Vehicle speed decreased to 13 km/h (8 MPH) lower than the set speed
• TCS system is operated
When the ECM detects any of the following conditions, the ECM will cancel the cruise operation and inform P
the driver by blinking indicator.
• Engine coolant temperature is slightly higher than the normal operating temperature, CRUISE indicator may
blink slowly.
When the engine coolant temperature decreases to the normal operating temperature, CRUISE indicator will
stop blinking and the cruise operation will be able to work by pressing COAST/SET switch or ACCEL/RES
switch.
• Malfunction for some self-diagnoses regarding ASCD control: SET indicator will blink quickly.
This system is an on board diagnostic system that records exhaust emission-related diagnostic information EC
and detects a sensors/actuator-related malfunction. A malfunction is indicated by the malfunction indicator
lamp (MIL) and stored in ECU memory as a DTC. The diagnostic information can be obtained with the diag-
nostic tool (GST: Generic Scan Tool).
C
GST (Generic Scan Tool) INFOID:0000000012524632
When GST is connected with a data link connector equipped on the vehicle side, it will communicate with the
control unit equipped in the vehicle and then enable various kinds of diagnostic tests. Refer to GI-51, "Descrip- D
tion".
NOTE:
Service $0A is not applied for regions where it is not mandated. E
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
ECM memory. The MIL will not illuminate at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in
the ECM memory, and the MIL illuminates. The MIL illuminates at the same time when the DTC is stored.
<2nd trip> The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is per-
formed during vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to illuminate or blink
the MIL, and store DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below.
×: Applicable —: Not applicable
Priority Items
C
Freeze frame data Misfire — DTC: P0300 – P0308
1
Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175
2 Except the above items
D
3 1st trip freeze frame data
For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was saved in the 2nd
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated E
from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different mal-
function is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is
stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st
trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze F
frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the
ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem- G
ory is erased.
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Counter System INFOID:0000000012524635
H
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS
• When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory. I
• When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL will come on.
• The MIL will turn OFF after the vehicle is driven 3 times (driving pattern B) with no malfunction. The drive is
J
counted only when the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs
while counting, the counter will reset.
• The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A) with-
out the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and Fuel Injec- K
tion System, the DTC and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times (driving pattern
C) without the same malfunction recurring. The “TIME” in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode of CON-
SULT will count the number of times the vehicle is driven. L
• The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in OK for the 2nd trip.
COUNTER SYSTEM CHART
M
Items Fuel Injection System Misfire Other
MIL (turns OFF) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B)
DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no display) 80 (pattern C) 80 (pattern C) 40 (pattern A) N
1st Trip DTC (clear) 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern B)
1st Trip Freeze Frame Data (clear) *1, *2 *1, *2 1 (pattern B)
O
For details about patterns B and C under “Fuel Injection System” and “Misfire”, see “EXPLANATION FOR
DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYS-
TEM”.
For details about patterns A and B under Other, see “EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MIS- P
FIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”.
• *1: Clear timing is at the moment OK is detected.
• *2: Clear timing is when the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip.
Relationship Between MIL, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality De-
terioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”
JMBIA1417GB
*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MIL will turn OFF after vehicle is driv- *3: When the same malfunction is de-
tected in two consecutive trips, MIL en 3 times (pattern B) without any tected in two consecutive trips, the
will light up. malfunctions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: The 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the freeze frame data will be cleared at
vehicle is driven 80 times (pattern C) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the moment OK is detected.
without the same malfunction. (The stored in ECM.
DTC and the freeze frame data still
remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is de- *8: 1st trip DTC will be cleared when ve-
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip hicle is driven once (pattern C) with-
freeze frame data will be cleared. out the same malfunction after DTC
is stored in ECM.
Explanation for Driving Patterns for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”
Driving Pattern B
Refer to EC-512, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern".
JMBIA1418GB
*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MIL will turn OFF after vehicle is driv- *3: When the same malfunction is de-
tected in two consecutive trips, MIL en 3 times (pattern B) without any tected in two consecutive trips, the
will light up. malfunctions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: 1st trip DTC will be cleared after vehi-
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the cle is driven once (pattern B) without
vehicle is driven 40 times (pattern A) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the same malfunction.
without the same malfunction. stored in ECM.
(The DTC and the freeze frame data
still remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is de-
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip
freeze frame data will be cleared.
Explanation for Driving Patterns Except for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection
System”
Driving Pattern A
Refer to EC-512, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern".
Driving Pattern B
Refer to EC-512, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern".
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern INFOID:0000000012524636
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
DRIVING PATTERN A
Driving pattern A means a trip satisfying the following conditions.
• Engine speed reaches 400 rpm or more.
• Engine coolant temperature rises by 20°C (36°F) or more after starting the engine.
• Engine coolant temperature reaches 70°C (158°F) or more.
• The ignition switch is turned from ON to OFF.
NOTE:
• When the same malfunction is detected regardless of driving conditions, reset the counter of driving pattern
A.
• When the above conditions are satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, reset the counter of driving
pattern A.
DRIVING PATTERN B
Driving pattern B means a trip satisfying the following conditions.
• Engine speed reaches 400 rpm or more.
• Engine coolant temperature reaches 70°C (158°F) or more.
• Vehicle speed of 70 – 120 km/h (44 – 75 MPH) is maintained for 60 seconds or more under the control of
closed loop.
• Vehicle speed of 30 – 60 km/h (19 – 37 MPH) is maintained for 10 seconds or more under the control of
closed loop.
• Under the closed loop control condition, the following state reaches 12 seconds or more in total: Vehicle
speed of 4 km/h (2 MPH) or less with idling condition.
• The state of driving at 10 km/h (7 MPH) or more reaches 10 minutes or more in total.
• A lapse of 22 minutes or more after engine start.
NOTE:
• Drive the vehicle at a constant velocity.
• When the same malfunction is detected regardless of driving conditions, reset the counter of driving pattern
B.
• When the above conditions are satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, reset the counter of driving
pattern B.
DRIVING PATTERN C
Driving pattern C means operating vehicle as per the following:
The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time:
Engine speed: (Engine speed in the freeze frame data) ±375 rpm
Example
Self-diagnosis result Ignition cycle
Diagnosis
← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON →
All OK Case 1 P0400 OK (1) — (1) OK (2) — (2)
P0402 OK (1) — (1) — (1) OK (2)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
SRT of EGR “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
Case 2 P0400 OK (1) — (1) — (1) — (1)
P0402 — (0) — (0) OK (1) — (1)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
NG exists Case 3 P0400 OK OK — —
P0402 — — — —
NG
P1402 NG — NG (Consecutive
NG)
(1st trip) DTC
1st trip DTC — 1st trip DTC
DTC (= MIL ON)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT”
OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK.
NG: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is NG.
—: Self-diagnosis is not carried out.
When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results in a single cycle (Ignition OFF-ON-OFF), the SRT will
indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 1 above
When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate
“CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. → Case 2 above
If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses show NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indicate
“CMPLT”. → Case 3 above
The table above shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as “INCMP” is the number one (1)
for each self-diagnosis (Case 1 & 2) or the number two (2) for one of self-diagnoses (Case 3). However, in
preparation for the state emissions inspection, it is unnecessary for each self-diagnosis to be executed twice
(Case 3) for the following reasons:
• The SRT will indicate “CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result.
• The emissions inspection requires “CMPLT” of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis results.
• During SRT driving pattern, the 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to “CMPLT” of SRT and the self-diagnosis
memory must be erased from the ECM after repair.
• If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate “INCMP”.
NOTE:
SRT can be set as “CMPLT” together with the DTC(s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out
prior to the state emission inspection even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT”.
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Permanent Diagnostic Trouble Code (Permanent DTC)
INFOID:0000000012524638
JMBIA1515GB
EC
PBIB0092E
N
PBIB3005E
A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes per the following.
O
Number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
Flashes 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 16
The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds consisting of an ON (0.6-sec- P
onds) - OFF (0.6-seconds) cycle.
The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-seconds ON and 0.3-seconds OFF cycle.
A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later
numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared.
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-seconds OFF.
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no mal-
function. Refer to EC-545, "DTC Index".
FUNCTION
S-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] • “Short-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
• The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel
S-FUEL TRM-B2 [%] schedule. I
ENGINE SPEED [rpm] • The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
VEHICL SPEED
• The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. J
[km/h] or [mph]
ABSOL TH·P/S [%] • The throttle valve opening angle at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
B/FUEL SCHDL [msec] • The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
K
INT/A TEMP SE [°C] or
• The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[°F]
INT MANI PRES [kPa] L
• These items are displayed but are not applicable to this model.
COMBUST CONDITION
*: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.
M
DATA MONITOR MODE
NOTE:
The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applicable
to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items. N
Monitored Item
For reference values of the following items, refer to EC-529, "Reference Value".
O
km/h or
SET VHCL SPD • The preset vehicle speed is displayed.
mph
G
• Indicates [On/Off] condition from MAIN
MAIN SW On/Off
switch signal.
• Indicates [On/Off] condition from CAN-
CANCEL SW On/Off
CEL switch signal. H
• Indicates [On/Off] condition from AC-
RESUME/ACC SW On/Off
CEL/RES switch signal.
I
• Indicates [On/Off] condition from
SET SW On/Off
COAST/SET switch signal.
• Indicates [On/Off] condition from ASCD
BRAKE SW1 On/Off brake switch signal or ASCD clutch J
switch.
• Indicates [On/Off] condition of stop
BRAKE SW2 On/Off
lamp switch signal. K
• Indicates the vehicle cruise condition.
Non: Vehicle speed is maintained at
the ASCD set speed. L
VHCL SPD CUT Non/Cut Cut: Vehicle speed decreased to ex-
cessively low compared with the ASCD
set speed, and ASCD operation is cut
off. M
• Indicates the vehicle cruise condition.
Non: Vehicle speed is maintained at
the ASCD set speed.
LO SPEED CUT Non/Cut N
Cut: Vehicle speed decreased to ex-
cessively low, and ASCD operation is
cut off.
• Indicates [On/Off] condition of A/T O/D O
AT OD MONITOR On/Off according to the input signal from the
TCM.
• Indicates [On/Off] condition of A/T O/D P
AT OD CANCEL On/Off
cancel request signal.
• Indicates [On/Off] condition of CRUISE
CRUISE LAMP On/Off lamp determined by the ECM accord-
ing to the input signals.
• Indicates [On/Off] condition of SET
SET LAMP On/Off lamp determined by the ECM accord-
ing to the input signals.
JSBIA0062GB
NOTE:
This mode is not used in regions that permanent DTCs are not regulated by law.
SRT WORK SUPPORT Mode
This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to set the SRT while monitoring the SRT status.
PERMANENT DTC WORK SUPPORT Mode
This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to complete the driving pattern that is required for erasing
permanent DTC.
NOTE:
This mode is not used in regions that permanent DTCs are not regulated by law.
• Engine: After warming up, idle the Heater fan control switch: ON On
HEATER FAN SW
engine Heater fan control switch: OFF Off
Brake pedal: Fully released Off
BRAKE SW • Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed On
• Engine: After warming up Idle 2.0 - 2.8 msec
INJ PULSE-B1 • Selector lever: P or N
INJ PULSE-B2 • Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 1.9 - 2.9 msec
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 10° - 20° BTDC
• Selector lever: P or N
IGN TIMING
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 25° - 45° BTDC
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 14% - 33%
• Selector lever: P or N
CAL/LD VALUE
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,500 rpm 12% - 25%
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 3.0 - 9.0 g/s
• Selector lever: P or N
MASS AIRFLOW
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,500 rpm 9.0 - 28.0 g/s
• No load
A/F SEN1 DIAG1 DTC P015A and P015B self-diagnosis is incomplete. INCMP
(B1) DTC P015A and P015B self-diagnosis is complete. CMPLT
A/F SEN1 DIAG1 DTC P015C and P015D self-diagnosis is incomplete. INCMP
(B2) DTC P015C and P015D self-diagnosis is complete. CMPLT
A/F SEN1 DIAG2 DTC P014C and P014D self-diagnosis is incomplete. INCMP
(B1) DTC P014C and P014D self-diagnosis is complete. CMPLT
A/F SEN1 DIAG2 DTC P014E and P014F self-diagnosis is incomplete. INCMP
(B2) DTC P014E and P014F self-diagnosis is complete. CMPLT
The vehicle condition is not within the diagnosis range of DTC P014C, P014D,
ABSNT
A/F SEN1 DIAG3 P015A or P015B.
(B1) The vehicle condition is within the diagnosis range of DTC P014C, P014D,
PRSNT
P015A or P015B.
The vehicle condition is not within the diagnosis range of DTC P014E, P014F,
ABSNT
A/F SEN1 DIAG3 P015C or P015D.
(B2) The vehicle condition is within the diagnosis range of DTC P014E, P014F,
PRSNT
P015C or P015D.
Indicates the condition of EVAP
EVAP LEAK DIAG • Ignition switch: ON
leak diagnosis.
Indicates the ready condition of
EVAP DIAG READY • Ignition switch: ON
EVAP leak diagnosis.
THRTL STK CNT B1 Not used. —
A/F-S ATMSPHRC Varies depending on vehicle
Engine: After warming up, idle the engine
CRCT B1 environment.
A/F-S ATMSPHRC Varies depending on vehicle
Engine: After warming up, idle the engine
CRCT B2 environment.
A/F-S ATMSPHRC Varies depending on the num-
Engine: Running
CRCT UP B1 ber of updates.
A/F-S ATMSPHRC Varies depending on the num-
Engine: Running
CRCT UP B2 ber of updates.
H
PBIB3368E
PHYSICAL VALUES
I
NOTE:
• ECM is located in the engine room left side near battery.
• Specification data are reference values. J
• Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT.
Terminal No.
Description K
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
L
1 [Engine is running]
— ECM ground — Body ground
(B) • Idle speed
2.9 - 8.8 V M
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
2 116
A/F sensor 1 heater (bank 1) Output • Idle speed
(B) (B) N
(More than 140 seconds after
starting engine)
PBIA8148J
O
3 116 Throttle control motor power Battery voltage
Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(L) (B) supply (11 - 14 V)
0 - 14 V P
PBIB1104E
0 - 14 V
PBIB1105E
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm
after the following conditions are
met.
- Engine: After warming up 0 - 1.0 V
- Keeping the engine speed be-
6 116 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater tween 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
Output
(LG) (B) (bank 1) minute and at idle for 1 minute un-
der no load
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped Battery voltage
[Engine is running] (11 - 14 V)
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
[Engine is running]
Battery voltage
• Warm-up condition
(11 - 14 V)
• Idle speed
7 - 12 V
10 116 Intake valve timing control sole-
Output
(W) (B) noid valve (bank 1) [Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000rpm
PBIB1790E
[Engine is running]
Battery voltage
• Warm-up condition
(11 - 14 V)
• Idle speed
7 - 12 V
11 116 Intake valve timing control sole-
Output
(LG) (B) noid valve (bank 2) [Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000rpm
PBIB1790E
[Engine is running]
0.5 - 4.5 V
12 67 • Steering wheel: Being turned
Power steering pressure sensor Input
(R) (B) [Engine is running]
0.4 - 0.8 V
• Steering wheel: Not being turned
PBIB1042E
1.0 - 4.0 V G
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
H
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending
on rpm at idle
J
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
K
PBIB1040E
JMBIA0048GB
2.9 - 8.8 V
[Engine is running]
24
• Warm-up condition
(BR) 116
A/F sensor 1 heater (bank 2) Output • Idle speed
43 (B)
(More than 140 seconds after
(BR)
starting engine)
PBIA8148J
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm
after the following conditions are
met.
- Engine: After warming up 0 - 1.0 V
- Keeping the engine speed be-
25 116 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater tween 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
Output
(GR) (B) (bank 2) minute and at idle for 1 minute un-
der no load
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped Battery voltage
[Engine is running] (11 - 14 V)
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
32 67 EVAP control system pressure
Input [Ignition switch: ON] 1.8 - 4.8 V
(L) (B) sensor
0 - 4.8 V
34 67
Intake air temperature sensor Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with intake
(V) (B)
air temperature.
[Engine is running] 2.2 V
35 116
A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) Input • Warm-up condition Output voltage varies with air fuel
(O) (B)
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm ratio.
36 115 [Engine is running]
Knock sensor (bank 1) Input 2.5 V
(W) (B) • Idle speed
JMBIA0048GB
G
Battery voltage
(11 - 14 V)
H
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
• Accelerator pedal: Not depressed
even slightly, after engine starting I
[Engine is running] K
• Engine speed: About 2,000 rpm
(More than 100 seconds after
starting engine)
L
JMBIA0040GB
0 - 0.3 V M
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
N
46 The pulse cycle changes depending
(R) on rpm at idle
60 Ignition signal No. 7
(GR) 116 Ignition signal No. 5 JMBIA0035GB O
Output
61 (B) Ignition signal No. 3
0.1 - 0.6 V
(L) Ignition signal No. 1
62
P
(Y) [Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm
JMBIA0036GB
0 - 1.0 V
53 116 Intake valve timing control posi-
Input
(L) (B) tion sensor (Bank 2)
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
PBIB2046E
[Engine is running]
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000
rpm quickly after the following con-
ditions are met.
55 78 Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank
Input - Engine: After warming up 0 - 1.0 V
(R) (B) 1)
- Keeping the engine speed be-
tween 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
minute and at idle for 1 minute un-
der no load
56 116
A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) Input [Ignition switch: ON] 1.8 V
(W) (B)
JMBIA0036GB
66 Sensor ground
[Engine is running] G
— — • Warm-up condition 0V
(R) (Throttle position sensor)
• Idle speed
[Engine is running] H
67
— Sensor ground — • Warm-up condition 0V
(B)
• Idle speed
68 67 Sensor power supply
— [Ignition switch: ON] 5V I
(SB) (B) (PSP sensor)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped
Less than 4.75 V
• Selector lever: D position J
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
69 66
Throttle position sensor 2 Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(W) (R)
• Engine: Stopped K
• Selector lever: D position More than 0.36 V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully de-
pressed
[Engine is running]
L
• Warm-up condition
70 67
Refrigerant pressure sensor Input • Both A/C switch and blower fan 1.0 - 4.0 V
(GR) (B)
switch: ON (Compressor oper-
M
ates.)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 0 - 1.0 V
• Idle speed N
0 - 1.0 V
72 116 Intake valve timing control posi- O
Input
(Y) (B) tion sensor (Bank 1)
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
P
PBIB2046E
0 - 4.8 V
73 67 Engine coolant temperature
Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with engine
(Y) (B) sensor
coolant temperature.
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
*: Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-86, "How to Handle Battery".
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority K
chart.
A
×:Applicable —: Not applicable
DTC*1
Items SRT Permanent Refer- EC
CONSULT Trip MIL
ECM*3
(CONSULT screen terms) code DTC group*4 ence page
GST*2
U0100 0100*5 LOST COMM (ECM A) — 1 × B TM-83 C
U0101 0101*5 LOST COMM (TCM) — 1 × B EC-622
DTC*1
Items SRT Permanent Refer-
CONSULT Trip MIL
ECM*3
(CONSULT screen terms) code DTC group*4 ence page
GST*2
P014C 014C A/F SENSOR1 (B1) × 2 × A EC-699
P014D 014D A/F SENSOR1 (B1) × 2 × A EC-699
P014E 014E A/F SENSOR1 (B2) × 2 × A EC-699
P014F 014F A/F SENSOR1 (B2) × 2 × A EC-699
P0150 0150 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) — 2 × A EC-669
P0151 0151 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) — 2 × B EC-673
P0152 0152 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) — 2 × B EC-676
P0157 0157 HO2S2 (B2) × 2 × A EC-679
P0158 0158 HO2S2 (B2) × 2 × A EC-685
P0159 0159 HO2S2 (B2) × 2 × A EC-693
P015A 015A A/F SENSOR1 (B1) × 2 × A EC-699
P015B 015B A/F SENSOR1 (B1) × 2 × A EC-699
P015C 015C A/F SENSOR1 (B2) × 2 × A EC-699
P015D 015D A/F SENSOR1 (B2) × 2 × A EC-699
P0171 0171 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 — 2 × B EC-705
P0172 0172 FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 — 2 × B EC-709
P0174 0174 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B2 — 2 × B EC-705
P0175 0175 FUEL SYS-RICH-B2 — 2 × B EC-709
P0181 0181 FTT SENSOR — 2 × A and B EC-485
P0182 0182 FTT SEN/CIRCUIT — 2 × B EC-717
P0183 0183 FTT SEN/CIRCUIT — 2 × B EC-717
P0222 0222 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 — 1 × B EC-720
P0223 0223 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B2 — 1 × B EC-720
P0300 0300 MULTI CYL MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × B EC-723
P0301 0301 CYL 1 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × B EC-723
P0302 0302 CYL 2 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × B EC-723
P0303 0303 CYL 3 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × B EC-723
P0304 0304 CYL 4 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × B EC-723
P0305 0305 CYL 5 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × B EC-723
P0306 0306 CYL 6 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × B EC-723
P0307 0307 CYL 7 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × B EC-723
P0308 0308 CYL 8 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × B EC-723
P0327 0327 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 — — EC-729
P0328 0328 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 — — EC-729
P0332 0332 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B2 — 2 — — EC-729
P0333 0333 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B2 — 2 — — EC-729
P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT — 2 × B EC-731
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 × B EC-734
P0420 0420 TW CATALYST SYS-B1 × 2 × A EC-737
P0430 0430 TW CATALYST SYS-B2 × 2 × A EC-737
P0441 0441 EVAP PURG FLOW/MON × 2 × A EC-742
P0443 0443 PURG VOLUME CONT/V — 2 × A EC-482
DTC*1
Items SRT Permanent Refer- A
CONSULT Trip MIL
ECM*3
(CONSULT screen terms) code DTC group*4 ence page
GST*2
P0444 0444 PURG VOLUME CONT/V — 2 × B EC-753 EC
P0445 0445 PURG VOLUME CONT/V — 2 × B EC-753
P0447 0447 VENT CONTROL VALVE — 2 × B EC-483
P0448 0448 VENT CONTROL VALVE — 2 × B EC-760 C
P0451 0451 EVAP SYS PRES SEN — 2 × A EC-483
P0452 0452 EVAP SYS PRES SEN — 2 × B EC-768
D
P0453 0453 EVAP SYS PRES SEN — 2 × B EC-771
P0456 0456 EVAP VERY SML LEAK ×*7 2 × A EC-775
P0460 0460 FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH — 2 × A EC-781 E
P0461 0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR — 2 × B EC-782
P0462 0462 FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC — 2 × B EC-784
F
P0463 0463 FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC — 2 × B EC-784
P0500 0500 VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC*6 — 2 × B EC-785
P0506 0506 ISC SYSTEM — 2 × B EC-787 G
P0507 0507 ISC SYSTEM — 2 × B EC-789
P050A 050A COLD START CONTROL — 2 × A EC-791
H
P050E 050E COLD START CONTROL — 2 × A EC-791
P0550 0550 PW ST P SEN/CIRC — 2 — — EC-793
P0603 0603 ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT — 1 × or — B EC-796 I
P0604 0604 ECM — 1 × B EC-797
P0605 0605 ECM — 1 × B EC-798
J
P0606 0606 CONTROL MODULE — 1 × or — B EC-799
P0607 0607 ECM — 1 or 2 × or — B EC-800
P060A 060A CONTROL MODULE — 1 or 2 × B EC-801 K
P060B 060B CONTROL MODULE — 1 × B EC-802
P0643 0643 SENSOR POWER/CIRC — 1 × B EC-803
L
P0700 0700 TRANSMISSON CONT — 1 × B TM-87
P0705 0705 T/M RANGE SENSOR A — 2 × B TM-88
P0710 0710 FLUID TEMP SENSOR A*9 — 2 × B TM-111 M
P0717 0717 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A — 2 × B TM-88
OUTPUT SPEED SEN-
P0720 0720 — 2 × B TM-92 N
SOR*6
P0731 0731 1GR INCORRECT RATIO — 2 × B TM-97
P0732 0732 2GR INCORRECT RATIO — 2 × B TM-99
O
P0733 0733 3GR INCORRECT RATIO — 2 × B TM-101
P0734 0734 4GR INCORRECT RATIO — 2 × B TM-103
P0735 0735 5GR INCORRECT RATIO — 2 × B TM-105 P
P0740 0740 TORQUE CONVERTER — 2 × B TM-107
P0744 0744 TORQUE CONVERTER — 2 × B TM-108
P0745 0745 PC SOLENOID A — 2 × B TM-109
P0850 0850 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT — 2 × B EC-805
P1140 1140 INTK TIM S/CIRC-B1 — 2 × B EC-808
DTC*1
Items SRT Permanent Refer-
CONSULT Trip MIL
ECM*3
(CONSULT screen terms) code DTC group*4 ence page
GST*2
P1145 1145 INTK TIM S/CIRC-B2 — 2 × B EC-808
P1148 1148 CLOSED LOOP-B1 — 1 × A EC-812
P1168 1168 CLOSED LOOP-B2 — 1 × A EC-812
P1211 1211 TCS C/U FUNCTN — 2 — — EC-813
P1212 1212 TCS/CIRC — 2 — — EC-814
P1217 1217 ENG OVER TEMP — 1 × B EC-815
P1225 1225 CTP LEARNING-B1 — 2 — — EC-819
P1226 1226 CTP LEARNING-B2 — 2 — — EC-820
P1564 1564 ASCD SW — 1 — — EC-821
P1572 1572 ASCD BRAKE SW — 1 — — EC-824
P1574 1574 ASCD VHL SPD SEN — 1 — — EC-829
P1610 1610 LOCK MODE — 2 — — SEC-50
P1611 1611 ID DISCORD, IMM-ECM — 2 — — SEC-51
P1612 1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU — 2 — — SEC-53
P1614 1614 CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY — 2 — — SEC-54
P1615 1615 DIFFERENCE OF KEY — 2 — — SEC-56
P1715 1715 IN PULY SPEED — 2 — — EC-831
P1730 1730 INTERLOCK — 1 × B TM-116
P1752 1752 INPUT CLUTCH SOL — 1 × B TM-119
P1757 1757 FR BRAKE SOLENOID — 1 × B TM-120
P1762 1762 DRCT CLUTCH SOL — 1 × B TM-121
P1767 1767 HLR CLUTCH SOLENOID — 1 × B TM-123
P1772 1772 L C BRAKE SOLENOID — 1 × B TM-124
P1774 1774 L C BRAKE SOLENOID — 1 × B TM-125
P1805 1805 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT — 2 — — EC-832
P2096 2096 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) — 2 × A EC-834
P2097 2097 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) — 2 × A EC-834
P2098 2098 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) — 2 × A EC-834
P2099 2099 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) — 2 × A EC-834
P2100 2100 ETC MOT PWR-B1 — 1 × B EC-838
P2101 2101 ETC FNCTN/CIRC-B1 — 1 × B EC-841
P2103 2103 ETC MOT PWR — 1 × B EC-838
P2118 2118 ETC MOT-B1 — 1 × B EC-844
P2119 2119 ETC ACTR-B1 — 1 × B EC-846
P2122 2122 APP SEN 1/CIRC — 1 × B EC-848
P2123 2123 APP SEN 1/CIRC — 1 × B EC-848
P2127 2127 APP SEN 2/CIRC — 1 × B EC-851
P2128 2128 APP SEN 2/CIRC — 1 × B EC-851
P2135 2135 TP SENSOR-B1 — 1 × B EC-855
P2138 2138 APP SENSOR — 1 × B EC-858
DTC*1
Items SRT Permanent Refer- A
CONSULT Trip MIL
ECM*3
(CONSULT screen terms) code DTC group*4 ence page
GST*2
AIR FUEL RATIO IMBAL- EC
P219A 219A — 2 × A EC-863
ANCE B1
AIR FUEL RATIO IMBAL-
P219B 219B — 2 × A EC-863
ANCE B2
C
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
D
*4: Refer to EC-604, "Description", “HOW TO ERASE PERMANENT DTC”.
*5: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT.
*6: When the fail-safe operations for both self-diagnoses occur, the MIL illuminates.
E
*7: SRT code will not be set if the self-diagnostic result is NG.
*8: When the ECM is in the mode displays SRT status, MIL may blink. For the details, refer to “How to Display SRT Status”.
*9: When erasing this DTC, always use CONSULT or GST.
F
Test Value and Test Limit INFOID:0000000012933423
The following is the information specified in Service $06 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5. G
The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is OK or NG while
being monitored by the ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the
maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored.
These data (test value and test limit) are specified by On Board Monitor ID (OBDMID), Test ID (TID), Unit and H
Scaling ID and can be displayed on the GST screen.
The items of the test value and test limit will be displayed with GST screen which items are provided by the
ECM. (e.g., if bank 2 is not applied on this vehicle, only the items of bank 1 are displayed) I
WIRING DIAGRAM
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram—ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM— INFOID:0000000012524647
AABWA1052GB
EC
ABBWA1543GB
ABBWA1246GB
EC
ABBWA1247GB
ABBWA1544GB
EC
ABBIA2152GB
ABBIA2840GB
EC
ABBIA2153GB
ABBIA2154GB
EC
ABBIA2155GB
AABIA1660GB
EC
AABIA1661GB
AABIA1662GB
EC
AABIA1663GB
AABIA1664GB
EC
AABIA1665GB
AABIA1666GB
EC
AABIA1667GB
AABIA1668GB
EC
AABIA1669GB
AABIA1670GB
BASIC INSPECTION A
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
Work Flow INFOID:0000000012524648
EC
OVERALL SEQUENCE
C
JSBIA0123GB
DETAILED FLOW
1.GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM
1. Get the detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment
when the incident/malfunction occurred) using the “Diagnostic Work Sheet”. (Refer to EC-582, "Diagnostic
Work Sheet".)
2. Ask if the customer requests I/M examination.
>> GO TO 5.
4.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer.
Also study the normal operation and fail-safe related to the symptom. Refer to EC-898, "Description" and EC-
542, "Fail-safe".
Diagnosis Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
>> GO TO 6.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for the displayed DTC, and then make sure that DTC is
detected again.
If two or more DTCs are detected, refer to EC-543, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" and determine trouble
diagnosis order.
NOTE:
• Freeze frame data is useful if the DTC is not detected.
With CONSULT
Make sure that “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “MAS A/F SE-B2”, “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “A/F ALPHA- F
B2” are within the SP value using CONSULT “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”. Refer to EC-
610, "Component Function Check".
Is the measurement value within the SP value? G
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE H
Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-611, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is a malfunctioning part detected?
I
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM TABLE J
Detect malfunctioning system according to EC-894, "Symptom Table" based on the confirmed symptom in
step 4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptoms.
K
>> GO TO 10.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
L
Inspect according to Diagnosis Procedure of the system.
NOTE:
The Diagnosis Procedure in EC section described based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit inspection
is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnosis Procedure. For details, refer to GI-45, "Circuit Inspec- M
tion".
Is a malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> GO TO 11. N
NO >> Monitor input data from related sensors or check voltage of related ECM terminals using CON-
SULT. Refer to EC-529, "Reference Value".
11.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART O
>> GO TO 12.
12.FINAL CHECK
When DTC was detected in step 2, perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE or Component Function
Check again, and then make sure that the malfunction have been completely repaired.
When symptom was described from the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and make sure
that the symptom is not detected.
Is DTC detected and does symptom remain?
YES-1 >> DTC is detected: GO TO 10.
YES-2 >> Symptom remains: GO TO 6.
NO-1 >> No request for I/M examination from the customer: Before returning the vehicle to the customer,
always erase unnecessary DTC in ECM and TCM ( With CONSULT: Refer to “How to Read
DTC and 1st Trip DTC” in EC-518, "CONSULT Function", Without CONSULT: Refer to “How to
Read Self-diagnostic Results” in EC-515, "On Board Diagnosis Function").
NO-2 >> I/M examination, requested from the customer: GO TO 13.
13.PREPARE FOR I/M EXAMINATION
1. Set SRT codes. Refer to EC-598, "Description".
2. Erase permanent DTCs. Refer to EC-604, "Description".
DESCRIPTION
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou-
bleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about symptoms. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a cus-
tomer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the WORKSHEET SAMPLE
below in order to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
Some conditions may cause the MIL to illuminate or blink, and DTC
to be detected. Examples:
• Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire.
SEF907L
• Fuel filler cap was left off or incorrectly screwed on, allowing fuel to
evaporate into the atmosphere.
EC
L
MTBL0017
1.INSPECTION START
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance.
2. Open engine hood and check the following:
- Harness connectors for improper connections
- Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
- Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
- Hoses and ducts for leakage
- Air cleaner clogging
- Gasket
3. Check that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied.
- Head lamp switch is OFF.
- Air conditioner switch is OFF.
- Rear window defogger switch is OFF.
SEF983U
- Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
SEF976U
SEF977U
2.REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding Diagnostic Procedure.
>> GO TO 3
3.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED
1. Run engine at approximately 2,000 rpm for approximately 2 minutes under no load.
PBIA8513J
1. Stop engine.
2. Perform EC-590, "Description".
E
>> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING F
Perform EC-591, "Description".
G
>> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Perform EC-592, "Description". H
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning. Then GO TO 4. I
7.CHECK IDLE SPEED AGAIN
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. J
2. Check idle speed.
For procedure, refer to EC-899, "Inspection".
For specification, refer to EC-905, "Idle Speed".
K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 8.
L
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the Following.
• Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-734, "Diagnosis Procedure". M
• Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-731, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9. N
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. Then GO TO 4.
9.CHECK ECM FUNCTION
O
1. Substitute with a non-malfunctioning ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of the incident,
although this is rare.)
2. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to
SEC-40, "ECM RE-COMMUNICATING FUNCTION : Special Repair Requirement". P
>> GO TO 4.
10.CHECK IGNITION TIMING
1. Run engine at idle.
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light.
For procedure, refer to EC-900, "Inspection".
Revision: August 2015 EC-585 2016 NV NAM
BASIC INSPECTION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56DE]
For specification, refer to EC-905, "Ignition Timing".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> GO TO 11.
11.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
1. Stop engine.
2. Perform EC-590, "Description".
>> GO TO 12.
12.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Perform EC-591, "Description".
>> GO TO 13.
13.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Perform EC-592, "Description".
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning. Then GO TO 4.
14.CHECK IDLE SPEED AGAIN
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check idle speed.
For procedure, refer to EC-899, "Inspection".
For specification, refer to EC-905, "Idle Speed".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> GO TO 17.
15.CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN
1. Run engine at idle.
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light.
For procedure, refer to EC-900, "Inspection".
For specification, refer to EC-905, "Ignition Timing".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> GO TO 16.
16.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION
Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-194, "Removal and Installation".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO >> Repair the timing chain installation. Then GO TO 4.
17.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-734, "Diagnosis Procedure".
• Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-731, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 18.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. Then GO TO 4.
18.CHECK ECM FUNCTION
1. Substitute with a non-malfunctioning ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of the incident,
although this is rare.)
>> GO TO 4.
19.INSPECTION END EC
If ECM is replaced during this BASIC INSPECTION procedure, perform EC-588, "Description".
C
>> INSPECTION END
When replacing ECM, the following procedure must be performed. (For details, refer to EC-588, "Work Proce-
dure".)
PROGRAMMING OPERATION
NOTE:
After replacing with a blank ECM, programming is required to write ECM information. Be sure to follow the pro-
cedure to perform the programming.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000012524652
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ECM PART NUMBER
Check ECM part number to see whether it is blank ECM or not.
NOTE:
• Part number of blank ECM is 23703 - ×××××.
• Check part number when ordering ECM or the one included in the label on the container box.
Is the ECM a blank ECM?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 5.
3.SAVE ECM PART NUMBER
Read out the part number from the old ECM and save the number, following the programming instructions.
Refer to CONSULT Operation Manual.
NOTE:
• The ECM part number is saved in CONSULT.
• Even when ECM part number is not saved in CONSULT, go to 4.
>> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM ECM PROGRAMMING
After replacing ECM, perform the ECM programming. Refer to CONSULT Operation Manual.
NOTE:
• Refer to EC-904, "Removal and Installation" for replacement of ECM.
• During programming, maintain the following conditions:
- Ignition switch: ON
- Electric load: OFF
- Brake pedal: Not depressed
- Battery voltage: 12 – 13.5 V (Be sure to check the value of battery voltage by selecting “BATTERY VOLT” in
“Data monitor” of CONSULT.)
>> GO TO 6.
5.REPLACE ECM
Revision: August 2015 EC-588 2016 NV NAM
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56DE]
Replace ECM. Refer to EC-904, "Removal and Installation".
A
>> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM INITIALIZATION OF IVIS (NATS) SYSTEM AND REGISTRATION OF ALL IVIS (NATS) IGNI- EC
TION KEY IDS
Refer to SEC-40, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Require-
ment". C
>> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK ECM DATA STATUS D
Check if the data is successfully copied from the ECM at Step 1 (before replacement) and saved in CONSULT.
Is the data saved successfully?
E
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 9.
8.WRITE ECM DATA F
With CONSULT
1. Select “WRITING DATA FOR REPLC CPU” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Follow the instruction of CONSULT display. G
NOTE:
The data saved by “SAVING DATA FOR REPLC CPU” is written to ECM.
H
>> GO TO 10.
9.PERFORM VIN REGISTRATION
I
Refer to EC-595, "Description".
>> GO TO 10. J
10.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
Refer to EC-590, "Description".
K
>> GO TO 11.
11.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING L
Refer to EC-591, "Description".
>> GO TO 12. M
12.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-592, "Description". N
>> END
O
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning is a function of ECM to learn the fully released position of the
accelerator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed each
time the harness connector of the accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected. (For details, refer
to EC-590, "Work Procedure".)
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000012524654
1.START
1. Check that accelerator pedal is fully released.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
>> END
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning is a function of ECM to learn the fully closed position of the throttle EC
valve by monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time the harness con-
nector of the electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected or electric throttle control actuator inside
is cleaned. (For details, refer to EC-591, "Work Procedure".)
C
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000012524656
1.START D
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “CLSD THL POS LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode. E
3. Follow the instructions on the CONSULT display.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Check that throttle valve moves during the above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.
F
Without CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
NOTE:
Engine coolant temperature is 25°C (77°F) or less before engine starts. G
2. Warm up the engine.
NOTE:
Raise engine coolant temperature until it reaches 65°C (149°F) or more. H
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Check that throttle valve moves during the above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.
I
>> END
Idle Air Volume Learning is a function of ECM to learn the idle air volume that keeps engine idle speed within
the specific range. It must be performed under the following conditions:
• Each time the electric throttle control actuator or ECM is replaced.
• Idle speed or ignition timing is out of the specification.
(For details, refer to EC-592, "Work Procedure".)
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000012524658
1.PRECONDITIONING
Check that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment.
• Battery voltage: More than 12.9 V (At idle)
• Engine coolant temperature: 70 - 100°C (158 - 212°F)
• Selector lever position: P or N
• Electric load switch: OFF
(Air conditioner, head lamp, rear window defogger)
On vehicles equipped with daytime light systems, if the parking brake is applied before the engine is
started the head lamp will not illuminate.
• Steering wheel: Neutral (Straight-ahead position)
• Vehicle speed: Stopped
• Transmission: Warmed-up
- With CONSULT: Drive vehicle until “ATF TEMP SEN” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “A/T” system indicates
less than 0.9 V.
- Without CONSULT: Drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
Will CONSULT be used?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
With CONSULT
1. Perform EC-590, "Description".
2. Perform EC-591, "Description".
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Select “IDLE AIR VOL LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode.
5. Touch “START” and wait 20 seconds.
Is “CMPLT” displayed on CONSULT screen?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5.
3.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Without CONSULT
NOTE:
• It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has
a malfunction.
1. Perform EC-590, "Description".
2. Perform EC-591, "Description".
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
6. Repeat the following procedure quickly 5 times within 5 seconds.
- Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
- Fully release the accelerator pedal.
7. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal for approx. 20 seconds until the MIL stops blinking
and turns ON.
EC
D
SEC897C
>> GO TO 4. E
4.CHECK IDLE SPEED AND IGNITION TIMING
Rev up the engine 2 or 3 times and check that idle speed and ignition timing are within the specifications.
For procedure, refer to EC-899, "Inspection" and EC-900, "Inspection". F
For specifications, refer to EC-905, "Idle Speed" and EC-905, "Ignition Timing".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END G
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART-I H
Check the following
• Check that throttle valve is fully closed.
• Check PCV valve operation.
I
• Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air leakage.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. J
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART-II
Engine component parts and their installation condition are questionable. Check and eliminate the cause of K
the incident.
It is useful to perform “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE”. Refer to EC-610, "Description".
If any of the following conditions occur after the engine has started, eliminate the cause of the incident and L
perform Idle Air Volume Learning again:
• Engine stalls.
• Incorrect idle.
M
This describes show to erase the mixture ratio self-learning value. (For details, refer to EC-594, "Work Proce-
dure".)
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000012524660
1.START
With CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT.
3. Clear mixture ratio self-learning value by touching “CLEAR”.
With GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
4. Restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
6. Select Service $03 with GST. Check that DTC P0102 is detected.
7. Select Service $04 with GST to erase the DTC P0102.
>> END
VIN Registration is an operation to register VIN in ECM. It must be performed each time ECM is replaced. (For EC
details, refer to EC-595, "Work Procedure".)
NOTE:
Accurate VIN which is registered in ECM may be required for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M).
C
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000012524662
1.CHECK VIN D
Check the VIN of the vehicle and note it. Refer to GI-24, "Identification Number".
>> GO TO 2. E
2.PERFORM VIN REGISTRATION
With CONSULT F
1. Turn ignition switch ON with engine stopped.
2. Select “VIN REGISTRATION” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode.
3. Follow the instructions on the CONSULT display.
G
>> END
H
>> END
ALBIA0730ZZ
OUTLINE
In order to set all SRTs, the self-diagnoses as in the “SRT ITEM” table must have been performed at least
once. Each diagnosis may require actual driving for a long period of time under various conditions.
SRT ITEM
The table below shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
SRT item* Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT” Corresponding DTC No.
(CONSULT indication)
CATALYST Three way catalyst function P0420, P0430
EVAP SYSTEM EVAP control system purge flow monitoring P0441
EVAP control system P0456
HO2S Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 P014C, P014D
P014E, P014F
P015A, P015B
P015C, P015D
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0137, P0157
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0138, P0158
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0139, P0159
EGR/VVT SYSTEM Intake valve timing control function P0011, P0021
*: Though displayed on the CONSULT screen, “HO2S HTR” is not SRT item.
SRT SERVICE PROCEDURE
EC
K
JSBIA0400GB
JPBIA5322GB
*1: Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then release the accelerator pedal
and keep it released for more than 10 seconds. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h
(56 MPH) again.
*2: Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised.
• The time required for each diagnosis varies with road surface conditions, weather, altitude, individual driving
habits, etc.
• “Zone A” is the fastest time where required for the diagnosis under normal conditions*. If the diagnosis is not
completed within “Zone A”, the diagnosis can still be performed within “Zone B”.
1. Select “SRT WORK SUPPORT” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT.
2. For SRT(s) that is not set, perform the corresponding “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” according to
J
the “Performance Priority” in the “SRT ITEM” table. Refer to EC-598, "Description".
3. Check DTC.
Is any DTC detected?
K
YES >> Repair malfunction(s) and erase DTC. Refer to EC-545, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 10.
4.PERFORM ROAD TEST L
• Check the “Performance Priority” in the “SRT ITEM” table. Refer to EC-598, "Description".
• Perform the most efficient SRT set driving pattern to set the SRT properly. Refer to EC-599, "SRT Set Driv-
ing Pattern". M
In order to set all SRTs, the SRT set driving pattern must be performed at least once.
>> GO TO 5. N
5.PATTERN 1
1. Check the vehicle condition;
- Engine coolant temperature is −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F). O
- Fuel tank temperature is more than 0°C (32°F).
2. Start the engine.
3. Keep engine idling until the engine coolant temperature is greater than 70°C (158°F) P
NOTE:
ECM terminal voltage is follows;
• Engine coolant temperature
- −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F): 3.0 – 4.3 V
- 70°(158°F): Less than 4.1 V
• Fuel tank temperature: Less than 1.4 V
Refer to EC-529, "Reference Value".
>> GO TO 6.
6.PATTERN 2
1. Drive the vehicle. And depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then
release the accelerator pedal and keep it released for more than 10 seconds.
2. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH) again
NOTE:
• Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised.
• When steady-state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted, each diagnosis can be conducted.
In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended.
>> GO TO 7.
7.PATTERN 3
• Operate vehicle following the driving pattern shown in the figure.
• Release the accelerator pedal during deceleration of vehicle speed
from 90 km/h (56 MPH) to 0 km/h (0 MPH).
>> GO TO 8.
PBIB2244E
8.PATTERN 4
• Operate vehicle, following the driving pattern shown in the figure.
- Drive the vehicle in a proper gear at 60 km/h (38 MPH) and main-
tain the speed.
- Release the accelerator pedal fully at least 5 seconds.
- Repeat the above two steps at least 5 times.
>> GO TO 9.
JSBIA0160GB
9.PATTERN 4
• The accelerator pedal must be held very steady during steady-state driving.
• If the accelerator pedal is moved, the test must be conducted again.
>> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK SRT STATUS
With CONSULT
Select “SRT STATUS” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
Perform “SRT status” mode with EC-515, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
With GST
Select Service $01 with GST.
Is SRT(s) set?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Call TECH LINE or take appropriate action.
OUTLINE
When a DTC is stored in ECM
When a DTC is stored in ECM and MIL is ON, a permanent DTC is erased with MIL shutoff if the same mal-
function is not detected after performing the driving pattern for MIL shutoff three times in a raw.
JSBIA0063GB
*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MIL will turn off after vehicle is driven
tected in two consecutive trips, MIL 3 times (driving pattern B) without
will illuminate. any malfunctions.
EC
H
JSBIA0401GB
JSBIA0064GB
1.CHECK DTC
Check DTC.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Repair malfunction(s) and erase DTC. Refer to EC-515, "On Board Diagnosis Function" or EC-
518, "CONSULT Function".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK PERMANENT DTC
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select “PERMANENT DTC STATUS” mode with CONSULT.
With GST
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select Service $0A with GST.
Is any permanent DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> END
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
Perform “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” for DTCs which are the same as permanent DTCs stored in
ECM. Refer to EC-545, "DTC Index".
>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK PERMANENT DTC
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select “PERMANENT DTC STATUS” mode with CONSULT.
With GST
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select Service $0A with GST.
Is any permanent DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO >> END
EC
J
JSBIA0068GB
*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: After experiencing driving pattern B *3: Indication does not change unless
tected in two consecutive trips, MIL and D, permanent DTC is erased. the ignition switch is turned from ON
will illuminate. to OFF twice even after experiencing K
driving pattern B or D.
NOTE:
• Drive the vehicle according to only driving patterns indicating “INCMP” in driving patterns B and D on the L
“PERMANENT DTC STATUS” screen.
• When experiencing both driving pattern B and D during the same trip, the experience of driving pattern D is
counted by priority.
M
1.CHECK DTC
Check DTC.
Is any DTC detected? N
YES >> Repair malfunction(s) and erase DTC. Refer to EC-515, "On Board Diagnosis Function" or EC-
518, "CONSULT Function".
NO >> GO TO 2. O
2.CHECK PERMANENT DTC
With CONSULT P
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select “PERMANENT DTC STATUS” mode with CONSULT.
With GST
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
>> GO TO 4.
4.DRIVE DRIVING PATTERN B
CAUTION:
• Always drive at a safe speed.
• Never erase self-diagnosis results.
• If self-diagnosis results are erased during the trip of driving pattern B or D, the counter of driving
pattern B and D is reset.
• If self-diagnosis results are erased during the trip of driving pattern B or D, an experience of driving
pattern B and D during the same trip is not counted up.
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Use “PERMANENT DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT to drive the vehicle according to driv-
ing pattern B. Refer to EC-512, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern".
With GST
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Drive the vehicle according to driving pattern B. Refer to EC-512, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving
Pattern".
>> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK PERMANENT DTC
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select “PERMANENT DTC STATUS” mode with CONSULT.
With GST
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
Description INFOID:0000000012524670
The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “SPEC” in “DATA MONI-
TOR” mode of CONSULT during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “SPEC” in
“DATA MONITOR” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the value
in “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have one
or more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not illuminate
the MIL.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items:
• B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board correc-
tion)
• A/F ALPHA-B1/B2 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
• MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor)
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000012524671
1.START
Check that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
• Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles)
• Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm2, 14.25 - 15.12 psi)
• Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
• Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95°C (167 - 203°F)
• Transmission: Warmed-up
- After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until “ATF TEMP SE 1” (A/T
fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates more than 60°C (140°F).
• Electrical load: Not applied
- Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch lighting switch are OFF. Steering wheel is straight
ahead.
• Engine speed: Idle
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM “SPEC” OF “DATA MONITOR” MODE
With CONSULT
NOTE:
Perform “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode in maximum scale display.
1. Perform “EC-584, "Work Procedure".
2. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” and “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA
MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
3. Check that monitor items are within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-611, "Diagnosis Procedure".
A
OVERALL SEQUENCE
EC
P
JMBIA1468GB
PBIB3214E
DETAILED PROCEDURE
1.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Confirm that the testing conditions are met. Refer to EC-610, "Component Function Check".
3. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that each
indication is within the SP value.
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the indication is within the SP
value. F
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO-1 >> More than the SP value: GO TO 6. G
NO-2 >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 25.
4.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
1. Stop the engine. H
2. Disconnect PCV hose, and then plug it.
3. Start engine.
4. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that each I
indication is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 5. J
NO >> GO TO 6.
5.CHANGE ENGINE OIL
1. Stop the engine. K
2. Change engine oil.
NOTE:
This symptom may occur when a large amount of gasoline is mixed with engine oil because of driving L
conditions (such as when engine oil temperature does not rise enough since a journey distance is too
short during winter). The symptom will not be detected after changing engine oil or changing driving con-
ditions.
M
>> GO TO 14.
14.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that each
indication is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 15.
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the indication is within the SP
value. F
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO-1 >> More than the SP value: GO TO 18. G
NO-2 >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 25.
18.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
1. Check for the cause of large engine friction. Refer to the following. H
- Engine oil level is too high
- Engine oil viscosity
- Belt tension of power steering, alternator, A/C compressor, etc. is excessive I
- Noise from engine
- Noise from transmission, etc.
2. Check for the cause of insufficient combustion. Refer to the following.
- Valve clearance malfunction J
- Intake valve timing control function malfunction
- Camshaft sprocket installation malfunction, etc.
K
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 30.
19.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM L
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
M
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
• Improper specification of intake air system
Is the inspection result normal?
N
YES >> GO TO 21.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 20.
20.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”, AND “B/FUEL SCHDL” O
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”, and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and
check that each indication is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value? P
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> “B/FUEL SCHDL” is more, “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” are less than the SP value: GO TO
21.
21.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Stop the engine.
>> GO TO 22.
22.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that each
indication is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> Detect malfunctioning part of mass air flow sensor circuit and repair it. Refer to EC-645, "Diagno-
sis Procedure". Then GO TO 29.
NO >> GO TO 23.
23.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1”
Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the indication is within the SP
value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 24.
NO >> More than the SP value: Replace mass air flow sensor, refer to EC-471, "ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM : Component Parts Location", and then GO TO 29.
24.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM. Refer to EC-471, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location".
2. Refer to EC-588, "Description".
>> GO TO 29.
25.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal in air cleaner element
• Uneven dirt in air cleaner element
• Improper specification in intake air system
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 27.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 26.
26.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the indication is within the SP
value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 27.
27.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1”
Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the indication is within the SP
value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 28.
NO >> Less than the SP value: Replace mass air flow sensor, refer to EC-471, "ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM : Component Parts Location",and then GO TO 30.
28.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check for the cause of air leakage after the mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Disconnection, looseness, and cracks in air duct
• Looseness of oil filler cap
• Disconnection of oil level gauge
Revision: August 2015 EC-616 2016 NV NAM
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
• Open stuck, breakage, hose disconnection, or cracks in PCV valve
• Disconnection or cracks in EVAP purge hose, stuck open EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid A
valve
• Malfunctioning seal in rocker cover gasket
• Disconnection, looseness, or cracks in hoses, such as a vacuum hose, connecting to intake air system parts
EC
• Malfunctioning seal in intake air system, etc.
>> GO TO 30.
C
29.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”, AND “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”, and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and
check that each indication is within the SP value. D
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-894, "Symptom Table". E
30.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and then check that the indication is within F
the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END G
NO >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-894, "Symptom Table".
1.CHECK FUSE
Check that the following fuse is not blown.
+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
F72 1
115 Ground Existed
E77
116
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (MAIN)-I
1. Reconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.
ECM
+ − Voltage
Connector
Terminal
119
E77 116 Battery voltage
120
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. JPBIA5416ZZ
NO >> GO TO 6.
5.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (MAIN)-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage (V) EC
Connector
Terminal
119 After turning ignition
switch OFF, battery
C
E77 116 Drop to 0
120 voltage will exist for
a few seconds JPBIA5421ZZ
G
+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal H
119
E77 E119 4 Existed
120
I
5. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for IPDM E/R power supply circuit. J
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK ECM RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per K
the following.
ECM L
+ − Condition Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M
Ignition switch ON Approx. 0
Turn ignition
E77 111 E77 116 switch OFF and Battery
wait at least 10 voltage JPBIA5419ZZ
N
seconds.
Is the inspection result normal?
O
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK ECM RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT P
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E77 111 E119 7 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-25, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
9.CHECK IGNITION SWITCH SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal
Ignition switch
Approx. 0
E77 109 116 OFF
Ignition switch ON Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? JPBIA5418ZZ
+ −
ECM FUSE BLOCK (J/B) Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E77 109 E51 2T Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
11.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (BACK-UP)
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.
ECM
+ − Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E77 121 E77 116 Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent
Incident". JPBIA5414ZZ
NO >> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (BACK-UP) CIRCUIT
Revision: August 2015 EC-620 2016 NV NAM
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. A
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
EC
+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal C
E77 121 E121 30 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground.
D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for IPDM E/R power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. E
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524675
Perform the trouble diagnosis for CAN communication system. Refer to LAN-16, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow
Chart".
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524678
D
Perform the trouble diagnosis for CAN communication system. Refer to LAN-16, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow
Chart". K
Trouble diagnosis
name
DTC No. Detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis
content)
INT/V TIM CONT-B1 • Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
[Intake valve timing • Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
P0011
control performance • Intake valve control solenoid valve
(bank 1)] There is a gap between angle of target and • Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up
INT/V TIM CONT-B2 phase-control angle degree. portion of the camshaft
[Intake valve timing • Timing chain installation
P0021 • Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for in-
control performance
(bank 2)] take valve timing control
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 6 consecutive seconds. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady
as possible.
PBIA8559J
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT J
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. O
3.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
P
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the continuity between intake valve timing control position sensor harness connector and ground.
+
Intake valve timing control position sensor − Continuity
Connector Terminal
F62 (Bank 1) 1
Ground Existed
F64 (Bank 2) 1
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between intake valve timing control position sensor harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.
+ −
Intake valve timing control
ECM Continuity
position sensor
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F62 (Bank 1) 2 72
F72 Existed
F64 (Bank 2) 2 53
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
Check intake valve timing control position sensor. Refer to EC-810, "Component Inspection (Intake Valve Tim-
ing Control Position Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing control position sensor. Refer to EM-186, "Intake
Valve Timing Control Position Sensor (LH)" or EM-186, "Intake Valve Timing Control Position Sen-
sor (RH)".
6.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connectors.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve harness connector and ground.
+
Voltage
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F61 (Bank 1) 2 Battery volt-
Ground
F63 (Bank 2) 2 age
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
Revision: August 2015 EC-626 2016 NV NAM
P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector. A
2. Check the continuity between intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.
EC
+ −
Intake valve timing control
ECM Continuity
solenoid valve C
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F61 (Bank 1) 1 10
F72 Existed D
F63 (Bank 2) 1 11
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE F
Check intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-628, "Component Inspection (Intake Valve Tim-
ing Control Solenoid Valve)".
G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-185, "Intake Valve
Timing Control Solenoid Valve (LH)" or EM-185, "Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve H
(RH)".
9.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) I
Check crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EC-733, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10. J
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EM-230, "Exploded View".
10.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
K
Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to EC-736, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11. L
NO >> Replace malfunctioning camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to EM-187, "Camshaft Position
Sensor (PHASE)".
11.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE) M
Check the following.
• Accumulation of debris on the signal plate of camshaft rear end
• Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft O
rear end or replace camshaft. Refer to EM-200,
"Exploded View".
JMBIA0058ZZ
EC
SEF362Z
D
5. Check resistance between intake valve timing control position
sensor terminals as per the following.
E
Intake valve timing control position sen-
sor
Resistance (Ω) [at 25°C (77°F)] F
+ −
Terminal
3 1
G
2 1 Except 0 or ∞
PBIB0194E
3 2
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing control position sensor. Refer to EM-186, "Intake
Valve Timing Control Position Sensor (LH)" or EM-186, "Intake Valve Timing Control Position Sen- I
sor (RH)".
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-630, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NG >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524685
+
DTC A/F sensor 1 − Voltage EC
Bank Connector Terminal
P0030, P0031, P0032 1 F65 1 Battery
Ground C
P0036, P0051, P0052 2 F5 1 voltage
YES >> GO TO 3. D
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
E
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
F
+ −
DTC A/F sensor 1 IPDM E/R Continuity
G
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0030, P0031, P0032 1 F65 1
E119 8 Existed
P0036, P0051, P0052 2 F5 1 H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. I
+ −
A/F sensor 1 Resistance (Ω)
Terminal
2 1.98 - 2.66 [at 25°C (77°F)]
1 3
4 ∞
3 (Continuity should not exist)
2
4
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
Refer to EM-170, "Exploded View".
JPBIA5381ZZ
>> GO TO 2. L
+
Voltage
DTC HO2S2 −
(Approx.)
Bank Connector Terminal
P0037, P0038 1 F74 2
Ground Battery voltage
P0057, P0058 2 F73 2
Is the inspection result normal? JPBIA5433ZZ
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HO2S2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect HO2S2 harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
+ −
DTC HO2S2 IPDM E/R Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0037, P0038 1 F74 2
E119 8 Existed
P0057, P0058 2 F73 2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK HO2S2 HEATER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
HO2S2 ECM Continuity
DTC
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0037, P0038 1 F74 3 6
F72 Existed
P0057, P0058 2 F73 3 25
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER
Check heated oxygen sensor 2 heater. Refer to EC-634, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524689
4 2
3 E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer F
to EX-5, "Exploded View".
G
SEF249Y
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-636, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524691
+
Voltage
DTC IVT control solenoid valve −
(Approx.)
Bank Connector Terminal
P0075 1 F61 2
Ground Battery voltage
P0081 2 F63 2
Is the inspection result normal? PBIB0192E
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
+ −
DTC IVT control solenoid valve ECM Continuity EC
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0075 1 F61 1 10
F72 Existed C
P0081 2 F63 1 11
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE E
Check intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-637, "Component Inspection (Intake Valve Tim-
ing Control Solenoid Valve)".
F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-185, "Intake Valve
G
Timing Control Solenoid Valve (LH)" or EM-185, "Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve
(RH)".
Component Inspection (Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve) INFOID:0000000012524692 H
>> GO TO 2.
I
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 seconds under the following conditions: J
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at safe speed.
K
Selector lever Suitable position
Vehicle speed 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more
NOTE: L
• The gear must be fixed while driving the vehicle.
• Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during cruising.
3. Check 1st trip DTC. M
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-639, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END N
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524694
+
Voltage
MAF sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F53 2 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. PBIB1168E
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E2, F32
• Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM
• Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and IPDM E/R
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
MAF sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F53 3 F72 67 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
MAF sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F53 4 F72 51 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
I
1.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW (MAF) SENSOR-I
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Connect CONSULT and select “DATA MONITOR” mode. K
5. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check the indication.
ECM
+ – Condition Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal
0.9 – 1.3
operating temperature.)
JPBIA5383ZZ
F72 51 67 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to
1.7 – 2.1
normal operating temperature.)
0.9 – 1.3 to
Idle to about 4,000 rpm
Approx. 2.4*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR THE CAUSE OF UNEVEN AIR FLOW THROUGH MAF SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through MAF sensor. Refer to the following.
- Crushed air ducts
- Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
- Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
- Intake valve deposits
- Improper specification of intake air system parts
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK MAF SENSOR-II
With CONSULT
1. Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
2. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Connect CONSULT and select “DATA MONITOR” mode.
4. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check the indication.
ECM
+ – Condition Voltage (V) EC
Connector
Terminal
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4
C
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal
0.9 – 1.3
operating temperature.)
JPBIA5383ZZ
F72 51 67 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to
1.7 – 2.1 D
normal operating temperature.)
0.9 – 1.3 to
Idle to about 4,000 rpm
Approx. 2.4*
E
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END F
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK MAF SENSOR-III
G
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect MAF sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
3. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. H
4. Connect CONSULT and select “DATA MONITOR” mode.
5. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check the indication.
I
Monitor item Condition Indication (V)
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.9 – 1.3 J
MAS A/F SE-B1
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.7 – 2.1
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 – 1.3 to Approx. 2.4*
K
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. L
2. Disconnect MAF sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
3. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals
under the following conditions. M
ECM
N
+ – Condition Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal
Ignition switch ON (Engine O
Approx. 0.4
stopped.)
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal
0.9 – 1.3
operating temperature.) JPBIA5383ZZ
F72 51 67 P
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to
1.7 – 2.1
normal operating temperature.)
0.9 – 1.3 to
Idle to about 4,000 rpm
Approx. 2.4*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Is the inspection result normal?
P
1.INSPECTION START
Confirm the detected DTC.
Which DTC is detected?
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Revision: August 2015 EC-645 2016 NV NAM
P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Check the following for connection.
• Air duct
• Vacuum hoses
• Intake air passage between air duct to intake manifold
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Reconnect the parts.
3.CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between MAF sensor harness connector and
ground.
+
Voltage
MAF sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F53 2 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. PBIB1168E
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
+ −
MAF sensor IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F53 2 E119 4 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
MAF sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F53 3 F72 67 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ − A
MAF sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
F53 4 F72 51 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR D
ECM N
+ – Condition Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal
O
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal
0.9 – 1.3
operating temperature.)
JPBIA5383ZZ
P
F72 51 67 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to
1.7 – 2.1
normal operating temperature.)
0.9 – 1.3 to
Idle to about 4,000 rpm
Approx. 2.4*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Is the inspection result normal?
ECM
+ – Condition Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal
0.9 – 1.3
operating temperature.)
JPBIA5383ZZ
F72 51 67 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to
1.7 – 2.1
normal operating temperature.)
0.9 – 1.3 to
Idle to about 4,000 rpm
Approx. 2.4*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK MAF SENSOR-III
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect MAF sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
3. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Connect CONSULT and select “DATA MONITOR” mode.
ECM
F
+ – Condition Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal
Ignition switch ON (Engine G
Approx. 0.4
stopped.)
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal
0.9 – 1.3
operating temperature.) JPBIA5383ZZ
H
F72 51 67
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to
1.7 – 2.1
normal operating temperature.)
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
The comparison result of signals transmitted
to ECM from each temperature sensor (IAT
IAT SENSOR 1 B1 • Harness or connectors
sensor, ECT sensor and FTT sensor) shows
[Intake air temperature (IAT) (High or low resistance in the IAT sen-
P0111 that the voltage signal of the IAT sensor is
sensor circuit range/perfor- sor circuit)
higher/lower than that of other temperature
mance] • IAT sensor
sensors when the engine is started with its
cold state.
>> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 60 minutes.
2. Move the vehicle to a cool place.
NOTE:
Cool the vehicle in an environment of ambient air temperature between −10°C (14°F) and 35°C (95°F).
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and soak the vehicle for 12 hours.
CAUTION:
Never turn ignition switch ON during soaking.
NOTE:
The vehicle must be cooled with the hood open.
4. Start engine and let it idle for 5 minutes or more.
CAUTION:
Never turn ignition switch OFF during idling.
K
1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE (IAT) SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (bank 1) harness connector. L
3. Check resistance between mass air flow sensor (bank 1) termi-
nals as follows.
M
Mass air flow sensor
+ − Condition Resistance (kΩ)
N
Terminal
5 6 Temperature [°C (°F)] 25 (77) 1.800 – 2.200
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> INSPECTION END JPBIA5410ZZ
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air tempera-
ture sensor) (bank 1). Refer to EC-471, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Loca- P
tion".
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-652, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524704
+
Voltage
MAF sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F53 5 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. PBIB1169E
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in
harness or connectors.
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between mass air flow sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ − A
MAF sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
F53 6 F72 67 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR D
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
The comparison result of signals transmitted
to ECM from each temperature sensor (IAT
ECT SEN/CIRC • Harness or connectors
sensor, ECT sensor and FTT sensor) shows
[Engine coolant temperature (High or low resistance in the ECT
P0116 that the voltage signal of the ECT sensor is
(ECT) sensor circuit range/per- sensor circuit)
higher/lower than that of other temperature
formance] • ECT sensor
sensors when the engine is started with its
cold state.
>> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 60 minutes.
2. Move the vehicle to a cool place.
NOTE:
Cool the vehicle in an environment of ambient air temperature between −10°C (14°F) and 35°C (95°F).
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and soak the vehicle for 12 hours.
CAUTION:
Never turn ignition switch ON during soaking.
NOTE:
The vehicle must be cooled with the hood open.
4. Start engine and let it idle for 5 minutes or more.
CAUTION:
Never turn ignition switch OFF during idling.
E
ECT sensor
+ − Condition Resistance (kΩ)
Terminal F
20 (68) 2.10 – 2.90
Temperature [°C
1 2 50 (122) 0.68 – 1.00
(°F)]
90 (194) 0.236 – 0.260 G
PBIB2005E
I
1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR
Check ECT sensor. Refer to EC-655, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace ECT sensor. Refer to EM-217, "Exploded View".
K
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524709
N
ECT sensor
+ − Condition Resistance (kΩ)
Terminal O
20 (68) 2.10 – 2.90
Temperature [°C
1 2 50 (122) 0.68 – 1.00
(°F)]
90 (194) 0.236 – 0.260
P
PBIB2005E
Trouble Diagnosis
Name
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
(Trouble diagnosis
content)
ECT SEN/CIRC
(Engine coolant tem- An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
P0117
perature sensor cir- sent to ECM.
cuit low input) • Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
ECT SEN/CIRC • Engine coolant temperature sensor
(Engine coolant tem- An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
P0118
perature sensor cir- sent to ECM.
cuit high input)
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-656, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524711
+
Voltage
ECT sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F205 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. PBIB0080E
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in
harness or connectors.
2.CHECK ECT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-658, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524714
+ − G
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
ator
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal H
F50 2 F72 47 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
J
4.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
K
+ −
ECM Sensor
L
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
F72 47 Throttle position sensor F50 2
E77 91 APP sensor E20 1 M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. N
5.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following. O
• APP sensor (Refer to EC-849, "Component Inspection".)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident". P
NO >> Replace malfunctioning components.
6.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
+ −
Electric throttle control actuator ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F50 4 F72 66 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and the ground.
+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
115
E77
116 Ground Existed
F72 1
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
8.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
+ −
Electric throttle control actuator ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F50 3 F72 69 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Check throttle position sensor. Refer to EC-660, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-166, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524715
ECM
+ – Condition Voltage EC
Connector
Terminal
Fully released More than 0.36 V
50 C
Accelerator Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V
F72 66
pedal Fully released Less than 4.75 V JPBIA5386ZZ
69
Fully depressed More than 0.36 V D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-166, "Exploded View". E
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR FUNCTION
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
3. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” is above 31°C (88°F).
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT” above.
Is the temperature above 31°C (88°F)?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT
1. Start engine and run it for 65 minutes at idle speed.
If “COOLAN TEMP/S” increases to more than 31°C (88°F) within 65 minutes, stop engine because
the test result will be OK.
CAUTION:
Never overheat engine.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT” above.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-663, "Diagnosis Procedure"
NO >> INSPECTION END
A
1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to EC-663, "Component Inspection".
EC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to EM-217, "Exploded View".
C
2.CHECK THERMOSTAT OPERATION
When the engine is cold [lower than 70°C (158°F)] condition, grasp lower radiator hose and confirm that the
engine coolant does not flow. D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace thermostat. Refer to CO-56, "Exploded View". E
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524718
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT
1. Wait until engine coolant temperature is less than 96°C (205°F)
- Turn ignition switch ON.
- Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
- Check the engine coolant temperature.
- If the engine coolant temperature is not less than 96°C (205°F), turn ignition switch OFF and cool down
engine.
NOTE:
Perform the following steps before engine coolant temperature is above 96°C (205°F).
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
4. Start engine.
5. Hold vehicle speed at more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 100 consecutive seconds.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT” above.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-664, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524720
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
THERMSTAT FNCTN • Thermostat
The engine coolant temperature does not
[Coolant thermostat (coolant • Leakage from sealing portion of ther-
P0128 reach to specified temperature even though
temperature below thermostat mostat
the engine has run long enough.
regulating temperature)] • Engine coolant temperature sensor
>> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING-II
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the following conditions:
ECT sensor
+ − Condition Resistance (kΩ)
Terminal
20 (68) 2.10 – 2.90
Temperature [°C
1 2 50 (122) 0.68 – 1.00
(°F)]
90 (194) 0.236 – 0.260 PBIB2005E
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct- H
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. I
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
J
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A K
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Let engine idle for 2 minutes.
3. Check 1st trip DTC. L
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-671, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 3. M
NO-2 >> With GST: GO TO 7.
3.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 FUNCTION
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. N
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” indication.
Does the indication fluctuate around 2.2 V? O
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Proceed to EC-671, "Diagnosis Procedure".
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B-I P
1. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276” (for DTC P0130) or “A/F SEN1 (B2) P1286” (for DTC P0150) of “A/F
SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT.
2. Touch “START”.
3. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT screen.
A
1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY
1. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. EC
3. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and
ground.
C
+
Voltage
DTC A/F sensor 1 −
(Approx.) D
Bank Connector Terminal
P0130 1 F65 1
Ground Battery voltage
P0150 2 F5 1 E
Is the inspection result normal? JPBIA5380ZZ
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2. F
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. G
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
H
+ −
DTC A/F sensor 1 IPDM E/R Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal I
P0130 1 F65 1
E119 8 Existed
P0150 2 F5 1
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
K
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. L
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ − M
DTC A/F sensor 1 ECM Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
N
3 56
P0130 1 F65
4 35
F72 Existed
3 75 O
P0150 2 F5
4 16
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector
and ground. P
+
DTC A/F sensor 1 − Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal
3
P0130 1 F65
4
Ground Not existed
3
P0150 2 F5
4
+
DTC ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
56
P0130
35
F72 Ground Not existed
75
P0150
16
5. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-170, "Exploded View".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
I
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 FUNCTION
With CONSULT J
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” indication. K
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT” above.
Is the indication constantly approx. 0 V? L
YES >> Proceed to EC-674, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE M
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. N
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then restart engine.
4. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine.
CAUTION: O
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
5. Maintain the following conditions for approximately 20 consecutive seconds.
P
ENG SPEED 1,000 - 3,200 rpm
VHCL SPEED SE More than 40 km/h (25 mph)
B/FUEL SCHDL 1.5 - 9.0 msec
Selector lever Suitable position
NOTE:
• Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during cruising.
+
Voltage
DTC A/F sensor 1 −
(Approx.)
Bank Connector Terminal
P0131 1 F65 1
Ground Battery voltage
P0151 2 F5 1
Is the inspection result normal? JPBIA5380ZZ
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
+ −
DTC A/F sensor 1 IPDM E/R Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0131 1 F65 1
E119 8 Existed
P0151 2 F5 1
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
DTC A/F sensor 1 ECM Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
3 56
P0131 1 F65
4 35
F72 Existed
3 75
P0151 2 F5
4 16
+
DTC A/F sensor 1 − Continuity EC
Bank Connector Terminal
3
P0131 1 F65 C
4
Ground Not existed
3
P0151 2 F5
4 D
+
E
DTC ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
56 F
P0131
35
F72 Ground Not existed
75
P0151 G
16
5. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT I
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
J
YES >> Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-170, "Exploded View".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
K
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 FUNCTION
With CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” indication.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT” above.
Is the indication constantly approx. 5 V?
YES >> Proceed to EC-677, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then restart engine.
4. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
5. Maintain the following conditions for approximately 20 consecutive seconds.
+ F
Voltage
DTC A/F sensor 1 −
(Approx.)
Bank Connector Terminal
G
P0132 1 F65 1
Ground Battery voltage
P0152 2 F5 1
Is the inspection result normal? JPBIA5380ZZ
H
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT I
+ −
K
DTC A/F sensor 1 IPDM E/R Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0132 1 F65 1 L
E119 8 Existed
P0152 2 F5 1
Is the inspection result normal?
M
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT N
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector. O
+ −
DTC A/F sensor 1 ECM Continuity P
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
3 56
P0132 1 F65
4 35
F72 Existed
3 75
P0152 2 F5
4 16
+
DTC A/F sensor 1 − Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal
3
P0132 1 F65
4
Ground Not existed
3
P0152 2 F5
4
+
DTC ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
56
P0132
35
F72 Ground Not existed
75
P0152
16
5. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-170, "Exploded View".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
E
JPBIA5444GB
F
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent) G
HO2S2 (B1)
[Heated oxygen sensor • Harness or connectors
P0137
2 (bank 1) circuit low (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) H
voltage] The maximum voltage from the sensor does not • Heated oxygen sensor 2
HO2S2 (B2) reach the specified voltage. • Fuel pressure
[Heated oxygen sensor • Fuel injector
P0157 • Intake air leakage I
2 (bank 2) circuit low
voltage]
>> GO TO 3. O
>> GO TO 3.
5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-680, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-681, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000012524733
ECM
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
P0137 55 The voltage
Revving up to 4,000 should be above
F72 78 rpm under no load at 0.73 V at least
P0157 74 least 10 times once during this JPBIA5387ZZ
procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II
ECM
DTC + – Condition Voltage EC
Connector
Terminal
P0137 55 The voltage
should be above
C
Keeping engine at
F72 78 0.73 V at least
P0157 74 idle for 10 minutes
once during this JPBIA5387ZZ
procedure. D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3. E
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under
F
the following conditions.
ECM
G
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
P0137 55 The voltage H
Coasting from 80
should be above
km/h (50 MPH) with
F72 78 0.73 V at least
P0157 74 selector lever in the
once during this
D position JPBIA5387ZZ
I
procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END J
NO >> Proceed to EC-681, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524734
K
1.CLEAR MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-594, "Description".
2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. L
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0174 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0174. Refer to EC-705, "DTC Logic".
NO >> GO TO 2. M
2.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. N
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector and ECM harness
connector. O
+ −
P
DTC HO2S2 ECM Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0137 1 F74 1
F72 78 Existed
P0157 2 F73 1
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
+ −
DTC HO2S2 ECM Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0137 1 F74 4 55
F72 Existed
P0157 2 F73 4 74
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector and
ground.
+
DTC HO2S2 − Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal
P0137 1 F74 4
Ground Not existed
P0157 2 F73 4
+
DTC ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
P0137 55
F72 Ground Not existed
P0157 74
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Check heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EC-682, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524735
1.INSPECTION START
Will CONSULT be used?
Will CONSULT be used?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
EC
D
JSBIA2282GB
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be above 0.73 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is + 25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be below 0.18 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is − 25%.
E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
F
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-I
Without CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. G
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. H
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals
under the following conditions.
I
ECM
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal J
55 The voltage should be above
0.73 V at least once during
Revving up to 4,000
this procedure.
F72 78 rpm under no load K
74 The voltage should be below
at least 10 times JPBIA5387ZZ
0.18 V at least once during
this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-II M
ECM
+ – Condition Voltage O
Connector
Terminal
55 The voltage should be above
0.73 V at least once during P
Keeping engine at this procedure.
F72 78
74 idle for 10 minutes The voltage should be below JPBIA5387ZZ
0.18 V at least once during
this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5.
ECM
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
55 The voltage should be above
Coasting from 80 0.73 V at least once during
km/h (50 MPH) with this procedure.
F72 78
74 selector lever in the The voltage should be below JPBIA5387ZZ
D position 0.18 V at least once during
this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
PBIB1848E
G
MALFUNCTION B
To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors
whether the minimum voltage of sensor is sufficiently low during var-
ious driving conditions such as fuel-cut. H
PBIB2376E
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
6. Let engine idle for 2 minutes.
7. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-688, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 3.
NO-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 5.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
NOTE:
For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F).
1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
7. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
8. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches 70°C (158°F).
9. Open engine hood.
10. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1146” (for DTC P0138) or “HO2S2 (B2) P1166” (for DTC P0158) of “HO2S2” in
“DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT.
11. Follow the instruction of CONSULT display.
NOTE:
It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed.
12. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
Which is displayed on CONSULT screen?
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Proceed to EC-688, "Diagnosis Procedure".
CON NOT BE DIAGNOSED>>GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B AGAIN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again.
>> GO TO 3.
5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION B
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-687, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-688, "Diagnosis Procedure".
A
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I
Without CONSULT
EC
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. C
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
7. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals D
under the following conditions.
ECM
E
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
P0138 55 The voltage F
Revving up to 4,000 should be below
F72 78 rpm under no load 0.18 V at least
P0158 74 at least 10 times once during this
procedure.
JPBIA5387ZZ
G
ECM J
DTC Connec- + – Condition Voltage
tor Terminal
K
P0138 55 The voltage
Keeping engine should be below
F72 78 speed at idle for 10 0.18 V at least
P0158 74 minutes once during this L
JPBIA5387ZZ
procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END M
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III
N
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under
the following conditions.
O
ECM
DTC Connec- + – Condition Voltage
tor Terminal P
P0138 55 The voltage
Coasting from 80 km/
should be below
h (50 MPH) with se-
F72 78 0.18 V at least
P0158 74 lector lever in the D
once during this
position JPBIA5387ZZ
procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
Revision: August 2015 EC-687 2016 NV NAM
P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
NO >> Proceed to EC-688, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524738
1.INSPECTION START
Confirm the detected malfunction (A or B). Refer to EC-685, "DTC Logic".
Which malfunction is detected?
A >> GO TO 2.
B >> GO TO 6.
2.CHECK HO2S2 CONNECTOR FOR WATER
1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
2. Check that water is not inside connectors.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
3.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector and ECM harness
connector.
+ −
DTC HO2S2 ECM Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0138 1 F74 1
F72 78 Existed
P0158 2 F73 1
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
DTC HO2S2 ECM Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0138 1 F74 4 55
F72 Existed
P0158 2 F73 4 74
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector and
ground.
+ A
DTC ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
EC
P0138 55
F72 Ground Not existed
P0158 74
3. Also check harness for short to power. C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. D
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Check heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EC-690, "Component Inspection". E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View". F
6.CLEAR MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-594, "Description".
2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. G
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 or P0175 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-709, "DTC Logic".
H
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. I
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
J
+ −
DTC HO2S2 ECM Continuity K
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0138 1 F74 1
F72 78 Existed L
P0158 2 F73 1
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT N
1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
O
+ −
DTC HO2S2 ECM Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal P
P0138 1 F74 4 55
F72 Existed
P0158 2 F73 4 74
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector and
ground.
+
DTC HO2S2 − Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal
P0138 1 F74 4
Ground Not existed
P0158 2 F73 4
+
DTC ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
P0138 55
F72 Ground Not existed
P0158 74
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Check heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EC-690, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524739
1.INSPECTION START
Will CONSULT be used?
Will CONSULT be used?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” as the monitor item
with CONSULT.
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ± 25%.
JSBIA2282GB
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be above 0.73 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is + 25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be below 0.18 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is − 25%.
Is the inspection result normal?
ECM
J
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
55 The voltage should be above K
0.73 V at least once during
Keeping engine at this procedure.
F72 78
74 idle for 10 minutes The voltage should be below JPBIA5387ZZ
0.18 V at least once during L
this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END M
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-III
N
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under
the following conditions.
O
ECM
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal P
55 The voltage should be above
Coasting from 80 0.73 V at least once during
km/h (50 MPH) with this procedure.
F72 78
74 selector lever in the The voltage should be below JPBIA5387ZZ
D position 0.18 V at least once during
this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
E
SEF302U
F
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent) G
HO2S2 (B1)
[Heated oxygen sensor • Harness or connectors
P0139
2 (bank 1) circuit slow (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
The switching time between rich and lean of a H
response] • Heated oxygen sensor 2
heated oxygen sensor 2 signal delays more
HO2S2 (B2) • Fuel system
than the specified time computed by ECM.
[Heated oxygen sensor • EVAP system
P0159 • Intake air system I
2 (bank 2) circuit slow
response]
>> GO TO 3. O
>> GO TO 3.
6.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT
Perform ECM self-diagnosis.
Is DTC “P0139” or “P0159” detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-696, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
7.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-695, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-696, "Diagnosis Procedure".
A
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I
Without CONSULT
EC
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. C
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
7. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals D
under the following conditions.
ECM
E
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
P0139 55 A change of volt- F
Revving up to
age should be
4,000 rpm under
F72 78 more than 0.8 V for
P0159 74 no load at least
1 second during
10 times JPBIA5387ZZ
G
this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END H
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under I
the following conditions.
ECM J
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
K
P0139 55 A change of volt-
Keeping engine age should be
F72 78 at idle for 10 min- more than 0.8 V for
P0159 74 utes 1 second during L
JPBIA5387ZZ
this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END M
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III
N
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under
the following conditions.
O
ECM
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal P
P0139 55 A change of volt-
Coasting from 80 age should be
F72 78 km/h (50 MPH) in more than 0.8 V for
P0159 74 D position 1 second during JPBIA5387ZZ
this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
Revision: August 2015 EC-695 2016 NV NAM
P0139, P0159 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
NO >> Proceed to EC-696, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524742
+ −
DTC HO2S2 ECM Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0139 1 F74 1
F72 78 Existed
P0159 2 F73 1
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
DTC HO2S2 ECM Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0139 1 F74 4 55
F72 Existed
P0159 2 F73 4 74
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector and
ground.
+
DTC HO2S2 − Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal
P0139 1 F74 4
Ground Not existed
P0159 2 F73 4
+
DTC ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
P0139 55
F72 Ground Not existed
P0159 74
1.INSPECTION START
E
Will CONSULT be used?
Will CONSULT be used?
YES >> GO TO 2.
F
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
With CONSULT G
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. H
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” as the monitor item
with CONSULT. I
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ± 25%.
L
JSBIA2282GB
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be above 0.73 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is + 25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be below 0.18 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is − 25%. M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View". N
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-I
Without CONSULT
O
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. P
ECM
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
55 The voltage should be above
0.73 V at least once during
Revving up to 4,000
this procedure.
F72 78 rpm under no load
74 The voltage should be below
at least 10 times JPBIA5387ZZ
0.18 V at least once during
this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-II
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under
the following conditions.
ECM
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
55 The voltage should be above
0.73 V at least once during
Keeping engine at this procedure.
F72 78
74 idle for 10 minutes The voltage should be below JPBIA5387ZZ
0.18 V at least once during
this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-III
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under
the following conditions.
ECM
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
55 The voltage should be above
Coasting from 80 0.73 V at least once during
km/h (50 MPH) with this procedure.
F72 78
74 selector lever in the The voltage should be below JPBIA5387ZZ
D position 0.18 V at least once during
this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this F
electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the
sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of about 800°C
(1,472°F). G
PBIB3354E
I
J
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
To judge malfunctions, this diagnosis measures response time of the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/
F sensor 1 signal. The time is compensated by engine operating (speed and load), fuel feedback control con-
K
stant, and the A/F sensor 1 temperature index. Judgment is based on whether the compensated time (the A/F
signal cycling time index) is inordinately long or not.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause L
P014C Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
(bank 1) circuit slow re-
P014D sponse M
P015A Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
(bank 1) circuit delayed re- • Harness or connectors
P015B sponse • The response time of a A/F sensor 1 signal de-
(The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or N
lays more than the specified time computed by
P014E Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 shorted.)
ECM.
(bank 2) circuit slow re- • A/F sensor 1
P014F sponse
O
P015C Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
(bank 2) circuit delayed re-
P015D sponse
P
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Revision: August 2015 EC-699 2016 NV NAM
P014C, P014D, P014E, P014F, P015A, P015B, P015C, P015D, A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
Do you have CONSULT?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 6.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1
With CONSULT
1. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1minute under no load.
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
7. Increase the engine speed up to about 3,600 rpm and keep it for 10 seconds.
8. Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for about 1 minute.
9. Check the items status of “DATA MONITOR” as follows.
NOTE:
If “PRSNT” changed to “ABSNT”, refer to EC-670, "Component Function Check".
PBIB1922E
A/F sensor 1
DTC Ground Voltage
Bank Connector Terminal
• P014C
• P014D
1 F65 1
• P015A
• P015B
Ground Battery voltage
• P014E
• P014F
2 F5 1
• P015C
• P015D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E2, F32
• IPDM E/R harness connector E119
• 15 A fuse (No. 54)
• Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse
ECM K
DTC Ground Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal
• P014C 56
• P014D
1
L
• P015A 35
• P015B
F72 Ground Not existed
• P014E 75
M
• P014F
2
• P015C 16
• P015D
5. Also check harness for short to power. N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. O
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct- J
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
K
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
>> GO TO 2. L
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-594, "Description".
2. Start engine. M
Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4. N
3.RESTART ENGINE
If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too. O
Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
NOTE:
• When depressing accelerator pedal three-fourths (3/4) or more, the control system does not start the
engine. Do not depress accelerator pedal too much. P
Does engine start?
YES >> Proceed to EC-706, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Check exhaust and intake air leakage visually.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
1. Keep engine idle for at least 10 minutes.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Revision: August 2015 EC-705 2016 NV NAM
P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-706, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Start engine.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive minutes.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
PBIB1216E
+ − A
DTC A/F sensor 1 ECM Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
3 56
P0171 1 F65
4 35
F72 Existed
3 75 C
P0174 2 F5
4 16
5. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector
and ground. D
+
E
DTC A/F sensor 1 − Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal
3 F
P0171 1 F65
4
Ground Not existed
3
P0174 2 F5 G
4
+ H
DTC ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
56
I
P0171
35
F72 Ground Not existed
75 J
P0174
16
6. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE L
PBIB3332E
K
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-594, "Description". L
2. Start engine.
Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> GO TO 3. M
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.RESTART ENGINE
N
If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too.
Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
NOTE:
• When depressing accelerator pedal three-fourths (3/4) or more, the control system does not start the O
engine. Do not depress accelerator pedal too much.
Does engine start?
YES >> Proceed to EC-710, "Diagnosis Procedure". P
NO >> Check exhaust and intake air leakage visually.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
1. Keep engine idle for at least 10 minutes.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
PBIB1216E
A/F sensor 1 A
DTC Ground Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal
3
P0172 1 F65 EC
4
Ground Not existed
3
P0175 2 F5
4 C
ECM
DTC Ground Continuity D
Connector Terminal
56
P0172
35 E
F72 Ground Not existed
75
P0175
16
F
6. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. G
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-596, "Work Procedure". H
2. Install fuel pressure gauge kit [SST (J-44321)] and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-596, "Work Proce-
dure".
I
At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi)
Is the inspection result normal?
J
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”. Refer to FL-11, "Removal and Installation".
5.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR K
With CONSULT
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. L
For specification, refer to EC-905, "Mass Air Flow Sensor".
With GST
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in “Service $01” with GST. M
For specification, refer to EC-905, "Mass Air Flow Sensor".
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 6. N
NO >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
ground. Refer to EC-645, "Diagnosis Procedure".
6.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR O
With CONSULT
1. Start engine. P
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT.
3. Check that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
With GST
1. Let engine idle.
PBIB3332E
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Rationally incorrect voltage from the • Harness or connectors
sensor is sent to ECM, compared with (The FTT sensor circuit is open or
A)
the voltage signals from ECT sensor shorted)
and intake air temperature sensor. • FTT sensor D
FTT SENSOR The comparison result of signals trans-
[Fuel tank temperature (FTT) mitted to ECM from each temperature
P0181
sensor circuit range/perfor- sensor (IAT sensor, ECT sensor and • Harness or connectors E
mance] FTT sensor) shows that the voltage (High or low resistance in the FTT
B)
signal of the FTT sensor is higher/low- sensor circuit)
er than that of other temperature sen- • FTT sensor
sors when the engine is started with its F
cold state.
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always perform the following proce-
dure before conducting the next test. J
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
K
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A-I L
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? M
YES >> Proceed to EC-715, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE N
With CONSULT
1. Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” with CONSULT.
O
2. Check “COOLAN TEMP/S” value.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT” above.
“COOLAN TEMP/S” less than 60°C (140°F)? P
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A-II
With CONSULT
1. Cool engine down until “COOLAN TEMP/S” is less than 60°C (140°F).
>> GO TO 8.
8.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE B
1. Start engine and let it idle for 60 minutes.
2. Move the vehicle to a cool place.
NOTE:
Cool the vehicle in an environment of ambient air temperature between −10°C (14°F) and 35°C (95°F).
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and soak the vehicle for 12 hours.
CAUTION:
Never turn ignition switch ON during soaking.
NOTE:
The vehicle must be cooled with the hood open.
4. Start engine and let it idle for 5 minutes or more.
CAUTION:
Never turn ignition switch OFF during idling.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-715, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000012524752
1.INSPECTION START
Confirm the detected malfunction (A or B). Refer to EC-713, "DTC Logic". H
Which malfunction is detected?
A >> GO TO 2.
B >> GO TO 5. I
2.CHECK DTC WITH COMBINATION METER
Check DTC with combination meter. Refer to MWI-17, "CONSULT Function (METER/M&A)". J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Proceed to MWI-54, "Component Function Check". K
3.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (main) harness connector. L
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
(main) harness connector and ground. M
+
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel Voltage N
−
pump (main) (Approx.)
Connector Terminal
C5 4 Ground 5V O
+ −
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel
ECM Continuity
pump (main)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C5 4 E77 107 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (main) harness connector and combi-
nation meter harness connector.
+ −
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel
Combination meter Continuity
pump (main)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C5 5 M24 24 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connector.
6.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check fuel tank temperature sensor. Refer to EC-716, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (main). Refer to FL-11, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524754
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. G
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
H
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? J
YES >> Proceed to EC-717, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524756
K
1.INSPECTION START
L
Confirm the detected malfunction (A or B). Refer to EC-713, "DTC Logic".
Which malfunction is detected?
A >> GO TO 2. M
B >> GO TO 5.
2.CHECK DTC WITH COMBINATION METER
Check DTC with combination meter. Refer to MWI-17, "CONSULT Function (METER/M&A)". N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Proceed to MWI-54, "Component Function Check". O
3.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. P
2. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (main) harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
+
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel Voltage
−
pump (main) (Approx.)
Connector Terminal
C5 4 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
PBIB0932E
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between fuel tank temperature sensor (main) harness connector and ECM harness
connector.
+ −
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel
ECM Continuity
pump (main)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C5 4 E77 107 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (main) harness connector and combi-
nation meter harness connector.
+ −
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel
Combination meter Continuity
pump (main)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C5 5 M24 24 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connector.
6.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check fuel tank temperature sensor. Refer to EC-718, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (main). Refer to FL-11, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524757
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-720, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524759
+
Voltage
Electric throttle control actuator − C
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F50 2 Ground 5V
D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. PBIB2604E
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
E
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. F
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator and ECM harness connector.
+ − G
Electric throttle control actuator ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
H
F50 4 F72 66 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? I
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT J
Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and the ground.
K
+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal L
115
E77
116 Ground Existed
F72 1 M
+ −
Electric throttle control actuator ECM Continuity
P
ECM
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
Fully released More than 0.36 V
50
Accelerator Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V
F72 66
pedal Fully released Less than 4.75 V JPBIA5386ZZ
69
Fully depressed More than 0.36 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-166, "Exploded View".
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Restart engine and let it idle for approximately 15 minutes.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-724, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and drive the vehicle under similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for a certain
time. Refer to the table below.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
Similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data mean that the following conditions should be satisfied at
the same time.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when
driving.
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
Basic fuel schedule Basic fuel schedule in freeze frame data × (1 ± 0.1)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F),
Engine coolant temperature (T) T should be lower than 70°C (158°F).
condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F).
Driving time varies according to the engine speed in the freeze frame data.
PBIB3332E L
6.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-I
CAUTION: M
Perform the following procedure in a place with no combustible objects and good ventilation.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove fuel pump fuse in IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure. Refer to PCS-25, "Removal and Installa-
tion". N
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following proce-
dure. O
3. Start the engine.
4. After engine stalls, crank it 2 or 3 times to release all fuel pressure.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils. P
7. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked. Refer to EM-178, "Exploded View".
8. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
9. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil.
SEF156I
+ −
A/F sensor 1 ECM Continuity L
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
3 56
1 F65 M
4 35
F72 Existed
3 75
2 F5
4 16 N
5. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector
and ground.
O
+
A/F sensor 1 − Continuity
P
Bank Connector Terminal
3
1 F65
4
Ground Not existed
3
2 F5
4
+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
56
35
F72 Ground Not existed
75
16
6. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
15.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
Check A/F sensor 1 heater. Refer to EC-631, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 16.
NO >> Replace the malfunctioning A/F sensor 1. Refer to EM-170, "Exploded View".
16.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
With CONSULT
1. Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
2. For specification, refer to EC-905, "Mass Air Flow Sensor".
With GST
1. Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST.
2. For specification, refer to EC-905, "Mass Air Flow Sensor".
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
ground. Refer to EC-645, "Diagnosis Procedure".
17.CHECK SYMPTOM TABLE
Check items on the rough idle symptom in EC-894, "Symptom Table".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 18.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
18.ERASE THE 1ST TRIP DTC
Some tests may cause a 1st trip DTC to be set.
Erase the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory after performing the tests. Refer to EC-518, "CONSULT Func-
tion".
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct- H
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. I
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.
J
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE K
1. Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? L
YES >> Proceed to EC-729, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
M
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524764
2.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between knock sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
DTC Knock sensor ECM Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0327, P0328 1 F213 1 36
F72 Existed
P0332, P0333 2 F214 1 15
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR
Check knock sensor. Refer to EC-730, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace malfunctioning knock sensor. Refer to EM-230, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524765
Knock sensor
+ - Resistance
Terminals
1 2 Approx. 532 - 588 kΩ [at 20°C (68°F)] JMBIA1630ZZ
CAUTION:
Never use any knock sensors that have been dropped or physically damaged. Use only new ones.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning knock sensor. Refer to EM-230, "Exploded View".
>> GO TO 2. K
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. L
If engine does not start, crank engine for at least 2 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
M
YES >> Proceed to EC-731, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524767 N
+
Voltage
CKP sensor (POS) −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F11 3 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. SEF481Y
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
+ −
CKP sensor (POS) IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F11 3 E119 4 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
CKP sensor (POS) ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F11 1 F72 1 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
CKP sensor (POS) ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F11 2 F72 13 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
Check crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EC-733, "Component Inspection".
D
1.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)-I
1. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
2. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (POS) harness connector. E
3. Remove the sensor.
4. Visually check the sensor for chipping.
Is the inspection result normal? F
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EM-
230, "Exploded View". G
JMBIA0063ZZ
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
If engine does not start, crank engine for at least 2 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-734, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Maintaining engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-734, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524770
+ −
H
1. Check the continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ECM harness connector.
L
+ −
DTC CMP sensor (PHASE) ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal M
P0340 F23 2 F72 14 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. O
5.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to EC-736, "Component Inspection".
P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to EM-187, "Camshaft Position
Sensor (PHASE)".
6.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INT)
Check the following.
JMBIA0058ZZ
JMBIA0065ZZ
F
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent) G
TW CATALYST SYS-B1
[Catalyst system effi- • Three way catalyst (manifold)
P0420 • Exhaust tube
ciency below threshold • Three way catalyst (manifold) does not oper-
• Intake air leakage H
(bank 1)] ate properly.
• Fuel injector
TW CATALYST SYS-B2 • Three way catalyst (manifold) does not have
• Fuel injector leakage
[Catalyst system effi- enough oxygen storage capacity.
P0430 • Spark plug
ciency below threshold • Improper ignition timing I
(bank 2)]
>> GO TO 3. O
>> GO TO 3.
6.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-III
Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-739, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
7.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-738, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the three way catalyst (manifold). During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-739, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000012524773
ECM
DTC + – Condition Voltage (V) EC
Connector
Terminal
P0420 55 The voltage fluctua-
tion cycle takes
C
Keeping engine
more than 5 sec-
speed at 2,500
F72 78 onds.
P0430 74 rpm constant un- JPBIA5387ZZ
• 1 cycle: 0.6 - 1.0 D
der no load
→ 0 - 0.3 → 0.6 -
1.0
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-739, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524774 F
L
PBIB1216E
SEF156I
PBIB1026E
C
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
With CONSULT D
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. E
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and let it idle for at least 70 seconds.
6. Select “PURG FLOW P0441” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON-
SULT. F
7. Touch “START”.
Is “COMPLETED” displayed on CONSULT screen?
YES >> GO TO 5. G
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II H
When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT screen. Maintain the
conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take at least 35 seconds.)
I
Selector lever Suitable position
VHCL SPEED SE 32 - 120 km/h (20 - 75 mph)
ENG SPEED 500 - 3,000 rpm J
B/FUEL SCHDL 1.0 - 12.0 msec
COOLAN TEMP/S More than 0°C (32°F)
K
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
If “TESTING” does not change for a long time, retry from step 2.
L
Is “COMPLETED” displayed on CONSULT screen?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again. GO TO 3.
M
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-III
Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
Which is displayed on CONSULT screen? N
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Proceed to EC-744, "Diagnosis Procedure".
6.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK O
ECM
+ –
Connector
Terminal Terminal
32 67
F72
(EVAP control system pressure sensor signal) (Sensor ground)
8. Check EVAP control system pressure sensor value at idle speed
and note it. JPBIA5391ZZ
O
SEF367U
SEF368U
With GST
1. Turn ignition switch ON. C
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and
ground.
D
+
Voltage
ECM −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal E
E77 107 Ground 3.1 - 4.0 V
3. Start engine and wait at least 60 seconds.
4. Check 1st trip DTC. F
JPBIA4822ZZ
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-749, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 5. G
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE B
With GST H
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
I
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and let it idle for at least 20 seconds.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC displayed? J
YES >> Proceed to EC-749, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
K
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524779
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY L
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. M
4. Check the voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve harness connector and ground.
N
+
EVAP canister purge volume control Voltage
−
solenoid valve (Approx.)
O
Connector Terminal
F15 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? P
PBIB2245E
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
+ −
EVAP canister purge volume control
IPDM E/R Continuity
solenoid valve
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F15 1 E119 4 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
ECM harness connector.
+ −
EVAP canister purge volume control
ECM Continuity
solenoid valve
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F15 2 F72 45 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR
1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.
2. Check that water is not inside connectors.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
5.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Check EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to EC-766, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 6.
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
6.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
3. Start the engine.
4. Perform “PURG VOL C/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT. Check that engine speed varies
according to the valve opening.
Does engine speed vary according to the valve opening?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Revision: August 2015 EC-750 2016 NV NAM
P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Check EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-751, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? A
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-166, "Exploded View".
8.CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING EC
Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and
EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. Refer to FL-13, G
"Removal and Installation".
Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
YES >> GO TO 11. H
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent
Incident".
I
JMBIA1134GB
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
The weight should be less than 2.5 kg (5.51 lb). K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
L
NO >> GO TO 12.
12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. M
• EVAP canister for damage
• EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection
N
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524780
O
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
With CONSULT P
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
4. Start the engine.
5. Select “PURG VOL C/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
4. Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve under the following conditions.
• Harness or connectors
PURG VOLUME CONT/V
(The solenoid valve circuit is open or D
(EVAP canister purge volume An excessively low voltage signal is sent
P0444 shorted.)
control solenoid valve circuit to ECM through the valve
• EVAP canister purge volume control so-
open)
lenoid valve
E
PURG VOLUME CONT/V • Harness or connectors
(EVAP canister purge volume An excessively high voltage signal is sent (The solenoid valve circuit is shorted.)
P0445
control solenoid valve circuit to ECM through the valve • EVAP canister purge volume control so-
shorted) lenoid valve F
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CONDITIONING G
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. H
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. I
>> GO TO 2.
J
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 13 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC. K
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-753, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END L
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY M
2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
IPDM E/R harness connector.
+ −
EVAP canister purge volume control
IPDM E/R Continuity
solenoid valve
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F15 1 E119 4 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
ECM harness connector.
+ −
EVAP canister purge volume control
ECM Continuity
solenoid valve
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F15 2 F72 45 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 4.
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
With CONSULT
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start the engine.
3. Perform “PURG VOL C/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT. Check that engine speed varies
according to the valve opening.
Does engine speed vary according to the valve opening?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Check EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-754, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-166, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524783
Without CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector. F
3. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
4. Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve under the following conditions. G
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and wait at least 8 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-756, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524785
1.INSPECTION START
Will CONSULT be used?
Will CONSULT be used?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and then ON.
2. Select “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT.
3. Touch “ON/OFF” on CONSULT screen.
4. Check for operating sound of the valve.
+ EC
EVAP canister vent control Voltage
−
valve (Approx.)
Connector Terminal C
C6 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
PBIB0152E D
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT E
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and F
IPDM E/R harness connector.
+ − G
EVAP canister vent control
IPDM E/R Continuity
valve
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal H
C6 1 E119 3 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
I
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT J
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and EVAP canister vent control valve harness con- K
nector.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
L
+ −
EVAP canister vent control
ECM Continuity
valve
M
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C6 2 E77 117 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. O
6.CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING
1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve. P
2. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower.
7.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Check EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to EC-758, "Component Inspection".
JMBIA0168ZZ
Condition VENT CONTROL/V Air passage continuity between (A) and (B)
ON Not existed
OFF Existed
Operation takes less than 1 second.
Without CONSULT
1. Disconnect EVAP canister vent control valve harness connector.
2. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the JMBIA0169ZZ
following conditions.
Check that new O-ring is installed properly.
Condition VENT CONTROL/V Air passage continuity between (A) and (B)
ON No EC
OFF Yes
Operation takes less than 1 second.
C
Without CONSULT
1. Clean the air passage [portion (A) to (B)] of EVAP canister vent
control valve using an air blower. JMBIA0169ZZ
2. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the D
following conditions.
Check that new O-ring is installed properly.
E
Condition Air passage continuity between (A) and (B)
12 V direct current supply between
No
terminals (1) and (2) F
OFF Yes
Operation takes less than 1 second.
G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
H
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 1 minute.
5. Repeat next procedures 3 times.
- Increase the engine speed up to 3,000 to 3,500 rpm and keep it for 2 minutes and 50 seconds to 3 min-
utes.
Never exceed 3 minutes.
- Fully released accelerator pedal and keep engine idle for about 5 seconds.
6. Repeat next procedure 20 times.
- Quickly increase the engine speed up to 4,000 to 4,500 rpm or more and keep it for 25 to 30 seconds.
- Fully released accelerator pedal and keep engine idle for at least 35 seconds.
PBIB0972E
H
JMBIA1134GB
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation". M
6.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR
1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.
N
2. Check that water is not inside connectors.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
O
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
7.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Check EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to EC-766, "Component Inspection". P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
JMBIA0168ZZ
Condition VENT CONTROL/V Air passage continuity between (A) and (B)
ON Not existed
OFF Existed
Operation takes less than 1 second.
Without CONSULT
1. Disconnect EVAP canister vent control valve harness connector.
2. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the JMBIA0169ZZ
following conditions.
Check that new O-ring is installed properly.
Condition VENT CONTROL/V Air passage continuity between (A) and (B)
ON No EC
OFF Yes
Operation takes less than 1 second.
C
Without CONSULT
1. Clean the air passage [portion (A) to (B)] of EVAP canister vent
control valve using an air blower. JMBIA0169ZZ
2. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the D
following conditions.
Check that new O-ring is installed properly.
E
Condition Air passage continuity between (A) and (B)
12 V direct current supply between
No
terminals (1) and (2) F
OFF Yes
Operation takes less than 1 second.
G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to FL-15, "Removal and Installation".
H
With CONSULT>>GO TO 2.
Without CONSULT>>GO TO 5.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1
With CONSULT
1. Start engine and let it idle for least 40 seconds.
NOTE:
Do not depress accelerator pedal even slightly.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-765, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-2
With CONSULT
1. Select “EVAP DIAG READY” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”.
2. Let it idle until “OFF” of “EVAP DIAG READY” changes to “ON”.
NOTE:
It will take at most 2 hours until “OFF” of “EVAP DIAG READY” changes to “ON”.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 90 minutes.
NOTE:
Never turn ignition switch ON during 90 minutes.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select “EVAP LEAK DIAG” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”.
6. Check that “EVAP LEAK DIAG” indication.
Which is displayed on CONSULT?
CMPLT >> GO TO 4.
YET >> 1. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again.
2. GO TO 1.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-3
With CONSULT
Check 1st trip DTC.
I
1.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR FOR WATER
1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.
2. Check that water is not inside connectors. J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace harness connector. K
2.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between EVAP control system pressure sen- L
sor harness connector and ground.
+
M
Voltage
EVAP control system pressure sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
N
C4 3 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. O
PBIB0138E
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
P
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.
+ −
EVAP control system pressure sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C4 3 F72 48 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.
+ −
EVAP control system pressure sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C4 1 F72 67 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.
+ −
EVAP control system pressure sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C4 2 F72 32 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Check EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to EC-766, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524792
ECM
Applied vacuum kPa EC
+ – Voltage
Connector (kg/cm2, psi)
Terminal
Not applied 1.8 - 4.8 V
C
F72 32 67 2.1 to 2.5 V lower than
-26.7 (-0.272, -3.87)
above value
JPBIA5392ZZ
CAUTION: D
• Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it.
• Never apply below -93.3 kPa (-0.952 kg/cm2, -13.53 psi) or pressure over 101.3 kPa (1.033 kg/cm2,
14.69 psi). E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation". F
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
6. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
7. Check that “FUEL T/TMP SE” is more than 0°C (32°F).
8. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds.
9. Check 1st trip DTC.
With GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes to ECM harness connector terminals under
the following conditions.
ECM
+ –
Connector
Terminal Terminal
107 116
E77
(Fuel tank temperature sensor signal) (Sensor ground)
3. Check that the voltage is less than 4.2 V.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. JPBIA5393ZZ
A
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.
2. Check that water is not inside connector. EC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace harness connector. C
+ − J
EVAP control system pressure sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
K
C4 3 F72 48 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. L
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. M
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector. N
+ −
EVAP control system pressure sensor ECM Continuity O
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C4 1 F72 67 Existed
P
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
+ −
EVAP control system pressure sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C4 2 F72 32 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Check EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to EC-770, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524795
ECM
Applied vacuum kPa
+ – Voltage
Connector (kg/cm2, psi)
Terminal
Not applied 1.8 - 4.8 V
F72 32 67 2.1 to 2.5 V lower than
-26.7 (-0.272, -3.87)
above value
JPBIA5392ZZ
CAUTION:
• Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it.
• Never apply below -93.3 kPa (-0.952 kg/cm2, -13.53 psi) or pressure over 101.3 kPa (1.033 kg/cm2,
14.69 psi).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
I
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT J
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. K
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
6. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
7. Check that “FUEL T/TMP SE” is more than 0°C (32°F). L
8. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds.
9. Check 1st trip DTC.
With GST M
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes to ECM harness connector terminals.
N
ECM
+ –
Connector
Terminal Terminal O
107 116
E77
(Fuel tank temperature sensor signal) (Sensor ground)
P
3. Check that the voltage is less than 4.2 V.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch ON. JPBIA5393ZZ
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.
2. Check that water is not inside connectors.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace harness connector.
2.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between EVAP control system pressure sen-
sor harness connector and ground.
+
Voltage
EVAP control system pressure sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
C4 3 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. PBIB0138E
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.
+ −
EVAP control system pressure sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C4 3 F72 48 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.
+ −
EVAP control system pressure sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C4 1 F72 67 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND A
SHORT
1. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.
EC
+ −
EVAP control system pressure sensor ECM Continuity C
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C4 2 F72 32 Existed
D
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. E
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK RUBBER TUBE
1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve. F
2. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. G
NO >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower, repair or replace rubber tube.
7.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE H
Check EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to EC-758, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. I
NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
8.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Check EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to EC-774, "Component Inspection". J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
K
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
9.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER IS SATURATED WITH WATER
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor L
attached. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
2. Check if water will drain from the EVAP canister.
Does water drain from the EVAP canister? M
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent
Incident". N
JMBIA1134GB
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524798
ECM
Applied vacuum kPa
+ – Voltage
Connector (kg/cm2, psi)
Terminal
Not applied 1.8 - 4.8 V
F72 32 67 2.1 to 2.5 V lower than
-26.7 (-0.272, -3.87)
above value
JPBIA5392ZZ
CAUTION:
• Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it.
• Never apply below -93.3 kPa (-0.952 kg/cm2, -13.53 psi) or pressure over 101.3 kPa (1.033 kg/cm2,
14.69 psi).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
H
PBIB1026E
I
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
• Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve J
• Incorrect fuel filler cap used
• Fuel filler cap remains open or does not close.
• Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap.
K
• Leakage is in line between intake manifold and
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve.
• Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent con- L
trol valve.
• EVAP canister or fuel tank leakage
• EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) leakage
EVAP VERY SML LEAK
• EVAP system has a very small leak- • EVAP purge line rubber tube bent M
[Evaporative emission
age. • Loose or disconnected rubber tube
P0456 control system very
• EVAP system does not operate prop- • EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit
small leakage (negative
erly. • EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
pressure check)] N
valve and the circuit
• Fuel tank temperature sensor
• O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is miss-
ing or damaged
• EVAP canister is saturated with water O
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
• Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve
• ORVR system leakage
P
• Fuel level sensor and the circuit
• Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister purge vol-
ume control solenoid valve
CAUTION:
• Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the
MIL may illuminate.
• If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may illuminate.
SEF915U
Check that the cap is tightened properly by rotating the cap clockwise.
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower. Retighten until
ratcheting sound is heard.
F
3.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION
Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap.
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
H
4.CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE
Check fuel tank vacuum relief valve. Refer to EC-780, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? I
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one. Refer to FL-6, "Removal and Installation".
5.CHECK FOR EVAP LEAKAGE J
JMBIA1134GB
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
10.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
With CONSULT
1. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP service port and EVAP canister purge volume control sole-
noid valve from EVAP service port.
2. Start engine.
3. Perform “PURG VOL C/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
4. Touch “Qu” on CONSULT screen to increase “PURG VOL C/V” opening to 100%.
5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum.
Check EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to EC-766, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> GO TO 16.
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
16.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE H
Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks or improper connection.
Refer to EC-498, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Description".
I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO >> Repair or reconnect the hose.
J
17.CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE
Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower.
K
>> GO TO 18.
18.CHECK EVAP/ORVR LINE L
Check EVAP/ORVR line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kinks, looseness and improper
connection. For location, refer to EC-487, "On Board Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR)".
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
19.CHECK RECIRCULATION LINE N
Check recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kinks, cracks, looseness and
improper connection.
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 20.
NO >> Repair or replace hose, tube or filler neck tube.
20.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE P
Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve. Refer to EC-890, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 21.
NO >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank. Refer to FL-6, "Removal and Installation".
21.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Revision: August 2015 EC-779 2016 NV NAM
P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Check fuel level sensor. Refer to MWI-55, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit. Refer to FL-11, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524802
SEF445Y
4. Install fuel filler cap adapter (commercial service tool) to fuel filler cap.
5. Check valve opening pressure and vacuum.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE K
1. Start engine and wait maximum of 2 consecutive minutes.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
L
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-781, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
M
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524804
1.PRECONDITIONING
WARNING:
When performing the following procedure, always observe the handling of the fuel. Refer to FL-11,
"Removal and Installation".
TESTING CONDITION:
Before starting component function check, preparation of draining fuel and refilling fuel is required.
Will CONSULT be used?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
With CONSULT
NOTE:
Start from step 10, if it is possible to confirm that the fuel cannot be drained by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/
8 Imp gal) in advance.
1. Prepare a fuel container and a spare hose.
2. Release fuel pressure from fuel line, refer to EC-901, "Inspection".
3. Remove the fuel feed hose on the fuel level sensor unit. Refer to FL-11, "Removal and Installation".
4. Connect a spare fuel hose where the fuel feed hose was removed.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds then turn ON.
6. Select “FUEL LEVEL SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
7. Check “FUEL LEVEL SE” output voltage and note it.
Revision: August 2015 EC-782 2016 NV NAM
P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
8. Select “FUEL PUMP RELAY” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT.
9. Touch “ON” and drain fuel approximately 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal) and stop it. A
10. Check “FUEL LEVEL SE” output voltage and note it.
11. Fill fuel into the fuel tank for 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal).
12. Check “FUEL LEVEL SE” output voltage and note it. EC
13. Confirm whether the voltage changes more than 0.03 V during step 7 to 10 and 10 to 12.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END C
NO >> Proceed to EC-783, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Without CONSULT D
NOTE:
Start from step 8, if it is possible to confirm that the fuel cannot be drained by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8
Imp gal) in advance. E
1. Prepare a fuel container and a spare hose.
2. Release fuel pressure from fuel line. Refer to EC-901, "Inspection".
3. Remove the fuel feed hose on the fuel level sensor unit. Refer to FL-11, "Removal and Installation".
4. Connect a spare fuel hose where the fuel feed hose was removed. F
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
6. Drain fuel by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal) from the fuel tank using proper equipment.
7. Confirm that the fuel gauge indication varies. G
8. Fill fuel into the fuel tank for 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal).
9. Confirm that the fuel gauge indication varies.
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-783, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524807
I
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-784, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524809
ECM receives vehicle speed signals from two different paths via CAN communication line: One is from the EC
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via the combination unit and the other is from TCM.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524811
C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE:
• If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. D
• If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-
800, "DTC Logic".
E
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• Harness or connector
At 20 km/h (13 MPH), ECM detects the fol- F
(The CAN communication line is open
lowing status continuously for 5 seconds or
or shorted.)
more: The difference between vehicle speed
• Combination meter
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC calculated by output speed sensor transmit-
P0500 • ABS actuator and electric unit (control
(Vehicle speed sensor) ted from TCM to ECM via CAN communica-
unit)
G
tion and vehicle speed indicated on the
• Wheel sensor
combination meter exceeds 15km/h (10
• TCM
MPH).
• Output speed sensor H
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING I
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always perform the following proce-
dure before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. J
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 10 V or more at idle. K
>> GO TO 2.
L
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start the engine.
2. Shift the selector lever to D range and wait at least for 2 seconds. M
3. Drive the vehicle at least 5 seconds at 20 km/h (13 MPH) or more.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE: N
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
4. Check 1st trip DTC. O
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-785, "Diagnosis Procedure"
NO >> INSPECTION END P
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524812
The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let EC
into the intake manifold, by operating the electric throttle control actuator. The operating of the throttle valve is
varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The crankshaft position sensor (POS) detects
the actual engine speed and sends a signal to the ECM.
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value C
memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily.
The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions,
such as during warming up, deceleration and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan D
operation, etc.).
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524814
E
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE:
If DTC P0506 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC. F
M
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. N
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. O
5. Restart engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
P
YES >> Proceed to EC-787, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524815
The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let EC
into the intake manifold, by operating the electric throttle control actuator. The operating of the throttle valve is
varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The crankshaft position sensor (POS) detects
the actual engine speed and sends a signal to the ECM.
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value C
memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily.
The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions,
such as during warming up, deceleration and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan D
operation, etc.).
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524817
E
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE:
If DTC P0507 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC. F
M
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. N
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. O
5. Restart engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
P
YES >> Proceed to EC-789, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524818
ECM controls ignition timing and engine idle speed when engine is started with pre-warming up condition. EC
This control promotes the activation of three way catalyst by heating the catalyst and reduces emissions.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524820
C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE:
If DTC P050A or P050E is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for other DTC. D
>> GO TO 2.
K
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. L
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
4. Check the indication of “COOLAN TEMP/S”.
M
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT” above.
Is the value of “COOLAN TEMP/S” between 5°C (41°F) and 36°C (97°F)?
N
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO-1 [If it is below 5°C (41°F)]>>Warm up the engine until the value of “COOLAN TEMP/S” reaches 5°C
(41°F) or more. Retry from step 1.
NO-2 [If it is above 36°C (97°F)]>>Cool engine down to less than 36°C (97°F). Retry from step 1. O
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-2
With CONSULT P
1. Set the select lever in N range.
2. Start the engine and warm up in idle with the value of “COOLAN TEMP/S” between 5°C (41°F) and 40°C
(104°F) for more than 15 seconds.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT” above.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
+
Voltage N
PSP sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F46 1 Ground 5V
O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. PBIB0188E
NO >> GO TO 2. P
2.CHECK PSP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between PSP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
PSP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F46 1 F72 68 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK PSP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between PSP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
PSP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F46 3 F72 67 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK PSP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between PSP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
PSP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F46 2 F72 12 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK PSP SENSOR
Refer to EC-794, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace PSP sensor. Refer to EC-471, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Loca-
tion".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524824
ECM
Voltage EC
+ – Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
Being turned 0.5 - 4.5 V
F72 12 67 Steering wheel C
Not being turned 0.4 - 0.8 V
Is the inspection result normal? JPBIA5394ZZ
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Repeat step 1 and 2 for 10 times.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-796, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012933014
>> GO TO 2.
H
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON (engine stopped) and wait least 20 minutes.
CAUTION: I
Never start engine during this procedure.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check 1st trip DTC. J
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-797, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END K
L
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC. M
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to EC-797, "DTC Logic".
Is the 1st trip DTC P0604 displayed again?
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-904, "Removal and Installation". N
NO >> INSPECTION END
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON (engine stopped) and wait least 20 minutes.
CAUTION:
Never start engine during this procedure.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-798, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012933018
O
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC. P
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure for 3 times. Refer to EC-799, "DTC Logic".
Is the 1st trip DTC P0606 displayed again?
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-904, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> INSPECTION END
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON (engine stopped) and wait least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-800, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012933022
>> GO TO 2.
H
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. I
3. Repeat step 1 and 2 for 5 times.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
J
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-801, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
K
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012933024
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON (engine stopped) and wait least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-802, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012933026
Trouble diagnosis
name C
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis
content)
• Harness or connectors D
(APP sensor 1 circuit is shorted.)
(PSP sensor circuit is shorted.)
SENSOR POWER/
ECM detects that the voltage of power (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.)
CIRC
P0643
(Sensor power supply
source for sensor is excessively low or (EVAP control pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) E
high. • Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor 1)
circuit short)
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
• Power steering pressure sensor
• Refrigerant pressure sensor F
>> GO TO 2. J
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC K
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-803, "Diagnosis Procedure".
L
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524832
M
1.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and N
ground.
+ O
Voltage
ECM −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
P
48
F72 49
Ground 5V
68 JPBIA5395ZZ
E77 90
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
+ −
ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
EVAP control system pressure
48 C4 3
sensor
F72
49 Refrigerant pressure sensor E48 1
68 PSP sensor F46 1
E77 90 APP sensor E20 2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
Refer to EC-766, "Component Inspection".
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
Refer to EC-892, "Diagnosis Procedure".
• Power steering pressure sensor
Refer to EC-794, "Component Inspection".
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
Refer to EC-849, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace malfunctioning component.
When the selector lever position is P or N, park/neutral position (PNP) signal from the TCM is sent to ECM. EC
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524834
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK PNP SIGNAL K
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. L
2. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. Then check the “P/N
POSI SW” signal as per the following conditions.
M
Position (Selector lever) Known-good signal
N or P position ON
Except above position OFF N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Proceed to EC-806, "Diagnosis Procedure". O
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. P
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 50 consecutive seconds.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
ECM
Voltage
+ – Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
+ − A
A/T assembly ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
F9 9 E77 100 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
D
Intake valve timing control position sensors are located in the front of
cylinder heads in both bank 1 and bank 2.
This sensor uses a Hall IC.
The cam position is determined by the intake camshaft sprocket con-
cave (in four places). The ECM provides feedback to the intake valve
timing control for appropriate target valve open-close timing accord-
ing to drive conditions based on detected cam position.
SEF359Z
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Maintain the following condition for at least 10 seconds.
1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Revision: August 2015 EC-808 2016 NV NAM
P1140, P1145 IVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
1. Disconnect intake valve timing control position sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. A
3. Check the voltage between intake valve timing control position
sensor harness connector and ground.
EC
+
Intake valve timing con-
DTC Bank − Voltage
trol position sensor C
Connector Terminal
P1140 1 F62 3
Ground Battery voltage
P1145 2 F64 3 D
SEF481Y
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. E
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between intake valve timing control position sensor harness connector and ECM har- G
ness connector.
+ − H
Intake valve timing con-
DTC Bank ECM Continuity
trol position sensor
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal I
P1140 1 F62 1
F72 1 Existed
P1145 2 F64 1
J
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. K
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
AND SHORT L
1. Check the continuity between intake valve timing control position sensor harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.
M
+ −
Intake valve timing con-
DTC Bank ECM Continuity
trol position sensor N
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P1140 1 F62 2 72
F72 Existed O
P1145 2 F64 2 53
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
Check intake valve timing control position sensor. Refer to EC-810, "Component Inspection (Intake Valve Tim-
ing Control Position Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
JMBIA0058ZZ
SEF362Z
2 1 Except 0 or ∞
PBIB0194E
3 2 D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing control position sensor. Refer to EM-186, "Intake E
Valve Timing Control Position Sensor (LH)" or EM-186, "Intake Valve Timing Control Position Sen-
sor (RH)".
F
The malfunction information related to TCS is transferred via the CAN communication line from “ABS actuator EC
and electric unit (control unit)” to ECM.
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for “ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)” but also for ECM after TCS related repair.
C
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524844
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition Possible cause E
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• ABS actuator and electric unit
TCS/CIRC ECM receives malfunction information from
P1211 (control unit)
(TCS communication line) “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)”. F
• TCS related parts
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test. H
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION: I
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle.
>> GO TO 2. J
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds. K
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-813, "Diagnosis Procedure" L
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524845
M
Perform the trouble diagnosis for TCS. Refer to TM-62, "Work Flow".
This CAN communication line is used to control the smooth engine operation during the TCS operation. Pulse
signals are exchanged between ECM and “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)”.
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for “ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)” but also for ECM after TCS related repair.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524847
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-814, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524848
Perform the trouble diagnosis for TCS. Refer to TM-62, "Work Flow".
NOTE:
If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC UXXXX and/or P0607, perform the following trouble diagnosis.
• Trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX Refer to EC-545, "DTC Index".
• Trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607 Refer to EC-800, "DTC Logic".
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, always replace the coolant. Refer to CO-44, "Changing Engine Cool-
ant". Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to LU-26, "Changing Engine Oil". I
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Always use
coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-17, "FOR USA AND CANADA : Engine Coolant
Recommendation". J
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK K
SEF621W
ON*2 6 • Thermostat • Touch the upper and Both hoses should be hot CO-56, "Removal and In-
lower radiator hoses stallation"
L
ON*1 7 • Cooling fan • CONSULT Operating EC-873, "Component
Function Check"
OFF 8 • Combustion gas leak- • Color checker chemical Negative —
age tester 4 Gas analyzer M
OFF*4 10 • Coolant return from res- • Visual Should be initial level in CO-43, "Inspection"
ervoir tank to radiator reservoir tank O
OFF 11 • Cylinder head • Straight gauge feeler 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maxi- EM-221, "Inspection After
gauge mum distortion (warping) Disassembly"
12 • Cylinder block and pis- • Visual No scuffing on cylinder EM-231, "Disassembly P
tons walls or piston and Assembly"
*1: Turn the ignition switch ON.
*2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes.
*3: Drive at 90 km/h (56 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes.
*4: After 60 minutes of cool down time.
For more information, refer to CO-41, "Troubleshooting Chart".
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test.
F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION: G
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2. H
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON. I
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
J
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-819, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
K
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524853
BBIA0364E P
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-166, "Exploded View".
2. Go to EC-592, "Description".
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for 32 times.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-820, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524855
BBIA0364E
Trouble diagnosis
name
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause D
(Trouble diagnosis
content)
• An excessively high voltage signal from the
ASCD steering switch is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors E
ASCD SW • ECM detects that input signal from the (ASCD steering switch circuit is open or short-
P1564 (ASCD steering ASCD steering switch is out of the specified ed.)
switch) range. • ASCD steering switch
• ECM detects that the ASCD steering switch • ECM F
is stuck ON.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE J
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Press MAIN switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Press CANCEL switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. K
4. Press RESUME/ACCELERATE switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 sec-
onds.
5. Press SET/COAST switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. L
6. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-821, "Diagnosis Procedure". M
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524857
N
1.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH CIRCUIT
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. O
2. Select “MAIN SW”, “CANCEL SW”, “RESUME/ACC SW” and “SET SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of
“ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Check each item indication as per the following conditions. P
RESUME/ACCEL- Pressed ON
RESUME/ACC SW
ERATE switch Released OFF
Pressed ON
SET SW COAST/SET switch
Released OFF
Without CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals
as per the following conditions.
ECM
+ – Voltage
Condition
(Approx.)
Con- Termi- Con- Termi-
nector nal nector nal
MAIN switch: Pressed 0V
CANCEL switch: Pressed 1V
JPBIA5397ZZ
COAST/SET switch: Pressed 2V
E77 99 F72 67
RESUME/ACCELERATE
3V
switch: Pressed
All ASCD steering switches:
4V
Released
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
+ −
Combination switch (spiral ca-
ECM Continuity
ble)
Terminal Terminal Connector Terminal
M30 32 F72 67 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
+ −
Combination switch (spiral ca-
ECM Continuity
ble)
Terminal Terminal Connector Terminal
M30 25 E77 99 Existed
Combination switch G
Resis-
+ − Condition tance
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
H
MAIN switch: Pressed 0Ω
CANCEL switch: Pressed 250 Ω
SET/COAST switch: Pressed 660 Ω JSBIA3103GB I
M102 1 4
RESUME/ACCELERATE
1,480 Ω
switch: Pressed
All ASCD steering switches: J
4,000 Ω
Released
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END K
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch. Refer to EC-471, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component
Parts Location".
L
When the brake pedal is depressed, ASCD brake switch is turned OFF and stop lamp switch is turned ON.
ECM detects the state of the brake pedal by those two types of input (ON/OFF signal).
Refer to EC-496, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Description" for the ASCD
function.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524860
Trouble diagnosis
name
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis
content)
When the vehicle speed is above 30 km/h • Harness or connectors
(19 MPH), ON signals from the stop lamp (The stop lamp switch circuit is shorted.)
A)
switch and the ASCD brake switch are sent • Harness or connectors
ASCD BRAKE SW to the ECM at the same time. (The ASCD brake switch circuit is shorted.)
P1572 (ASCD brake • Stop lamp switch
switch) ASCD brake switch signal is not sent to • ASCD brake switch
B) ECM for extremely long time while the ve- • Incorrect stop lamp switch installation
hicle is being driven. • Incorrect ASCD brake switch installation
• ECM
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
1. Start engine (VDC switch OFF).
2. Press MAIN switch and make sure that CRUISE lamp illuminates.
3. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds as per the following conditions.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle.
If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
Without CONSULT M
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals
as per the following. N
ECM
Voltage O
+ – Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
Slightly de-
0V P
E77 108 116 Brake pedal pressed
Fully released Battery voltage
JPBIA5399ZZ
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-2
Revision: August 2015 EC-825 2016 NV NAM
P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
With CONSULT
Select “BRAKE SW2” and check indication as per the following conditions.
Without CONSULT
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per
the following.
ECM
Voltage
+ – Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
Slightly de-
Battery voltage
E77 101 116 Brake pedal pressed
Fully released 0V
JPBIA5400ZZ
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between ASCD brake switch harness con-
nector and ground.
+
ASCD brake switch − Voltage
Connector Terminal
E37 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. PBIB0857E
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
4.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
ASCD brake switch ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E37 2 E77 108 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
Refer to EC-827, "Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch)"
Is the inspection result normal?
+ −
Stop lamp switch ECM Continuity H
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E38 2 E77 101 Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
J
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
8.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Check the stop lamp switch. Refer to EC-828, "Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)" K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-22, "Exploded View". L
O
ASCD brake switch
+ − Condition Continuity
Terminals P
Fully released Existed
1 2 Brake pedal Slightly de-
Not existed
pressed
SEC023D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
The ECM receives two vehicle speed signals via CAN communication line. One is sent from combination EC
meter, and the other is from TCM (Transmission control module). The ECM uses these signals for ASCD con-
trol. Refer to EC-496, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Description" for ASCD
functions.
C
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524865
Trouble diagnosis
G
name
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis
content)
• Harness or connectors H
(CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
ASCD VHL SPD SEN • Combination meter
The difference the between two vehicle speed
P1574 (ASCD vehicle speed • ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
sensor)
signals is out of the specified range.
• Wheel sensor
I
• TCM
• ECM
J
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct- K
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. L
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
>> GO TO 2. M
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine (VDC switch OFF).
2. Drive the vehicle at more than 40 km/h (25 MPH). N
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE: O
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle.
If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
3. Check DTC.
P
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-829, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524866
ECM receives input speed sensor signal from TCM via the CAN communication line. ECM uses this signal for EC
engine control.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012524868
C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE:
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC UXXXX first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. D
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0335, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0335. Refer
to EC-731, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0340, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0340. Refer
E
to EC-734, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer
to EC-798, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer F
to EC-800, "DTC Logic".
+
Stop lamp switch − Voltage
Connector Terminal
E38 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. PBIB1184E
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
3.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ − A
Stop lamp switch ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
E38 2 E77 101 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH D
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR EXHAUST GAS LEAK
1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before the three way catalyst 2.
Is exhaust gas leak detected?
YES >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAKAGE
1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an intake air leakage after the mass air flow sensor.
Is intake air leakage detected?
YES >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-594, "Description".
2. Run the engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0172, P0174 or P0175 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-705, "DTC Logic"
or EC-709, "DTC Logic".
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Check harness connector for water.
Revision: August 2015 EC-834 2016 NV NAM
P2096, P2097, P2098, P2099 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
+ −
J
DTC Bank A/F sensor 1 IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P2096
1 F65 1
K
P2097
E119 8 Existed
P2098
2 F5 1
P2099 L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. M
8.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
N
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
O
+ −
DTC Bank A/F sensor 1 ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal P
P2096 3 56
1 F65
P2097 4 35 Existed
F72
P2098 3 75
2 F5
P2099 4 16
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector
and ground.
+
DTC Bank A/F sensor 1 − Continuity
Connector Terminal
P2096 3
1 F65
P2097 4
Ground Not existed
P2098 3
2 F5
P2099 4
+
ECM − Continuity
DTC
Connector Terminal
P2096 56
P2097 35
F72 Ground Not existed
P2098 75
P2099 16
5. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
Refer to EC-631, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 12.
10.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Check heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EC-697, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.
11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Perform GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-170, "Exploded View".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
12.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION:
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant
(commercial service tool).
Do you have CONSULT?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 14.
13.CONFIRM A/F ADJUSTMENT DATA
With CONSULT
ECM
+ − Voltage EC
Connector
Terminal
E77 104 116 Battery voltage
C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. JPBIA5401ZZ
NO >> GO TO 2. D
2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector. E
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
+ − F
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
G
E77 104 E122 47 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR POWER SUPPLY I
ECM
Voltage
+ − Condition K
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
Ignition switch:
0V
OFF L
F72 3 E77 116
Ignition switch: Battery volt-
ON age JPBIA5402ZZ
P
+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F72 3 E119 6 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
>> GO TO 2.
J
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. K
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-841, "Diagnosis Procedure". L
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524876
M
1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per
N
the following conditions.
ECM
Voltage
O
+ − Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
Ignition switch: P
0V
OFF
F72 3 E77 116
Ignition switch: Battery volt-
ON age JPBIA5402ZZ
+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F72 3 E119 6 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E77 104 E122 47 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. Refer to EM-25, "Exploded View".
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
+ −
Electric throttle control actuator ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
5 Not existed
5
4 Existed
F50 F72
5 Existed
6
4 Not existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
1. Remove the intake air duct. Refer to EM-165, "Exploded View".
BBIA0364E
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-844, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524879
1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
+ −
Electric throttle control actuator ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
5 Not existed
5
4 Existed
F50 F72
5 Existed
6
4 Not existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
Check throttle control motor. Refer to EC-845, "Component Inspection".
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Shift selector lever to the D position and wait at least 3 seconds.
3. Shift selector lever to the P position.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
6. Shift selector lever to the D position and wait at least 3 seconds.
7. Shift selector lever to the P position.
8. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON.
9. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-846, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Shift selector lever to the D position and wait at least 3 seconds.
3. Shift selector lever to the N or P position.
4. Start engine and let it idle for 3 seconds.
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-846, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524882
BBIA0364E
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-848, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524884
+
Voltage
APP sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E20 2 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. PBIB2608E
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in
harness or connectors.
Revision: August 2015 EC-848 2016 NV NAM
P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
+ −
APP sensor ECM Continuity C
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E20 4 E77 82 Existed
D
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. E
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. F
+ −
APP sensor ECM Continuity
G
L
1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. M
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals
as per the following conditions.
N
ECM
+ –
Condition Voltage
O
Con- Termi- Con- Termi-
nector nal nector nal
Fully re-
0.5 - 1.0 V P
leased
106 82
Fully de- JPBIA5415ZZ
4.2 - 4.8 V
Accelerator pressed
E77 E77
pedal Fully re-
0.25 - 0.50 V
leased
98 83
Fully de-
2.0 - 2.5 V
pressed
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE J
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? K
YES >> Proceed to EC-851, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
L
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524887
O
APP sensor
Voltage
+ −
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal P
E20 1 5 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. JPBIA5403ZZ
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY-2
+
Voltage
APP sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E20 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. PBIB2611E
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness connector for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
+ −
APP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E20 1 E77 91 Existed
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
+ −
ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
F72 47 Throttle position sensor F50 2
E77 91 APP sensor E20 1
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
• Throttle position sensor (Refer to EC-660, "Component Inspection".)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace malfunctioning components.
6.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
APP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E20 5 E77 83 Existed
Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and the ground.
C
+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal D
115
E77
116 Ground Existed
E
F72 1
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident". F
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
8.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
G
1. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
H
APP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E20 6 E77 98 Existed I
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
J
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK APP SENSOR K
Check APP sensor. Refer to EC-853, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident". L
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524888
M
1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. N
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals
as per the following conditions.
O
JPBIA5415ZZ
ECM
+ –
Condition Voltage
Con- Termi- Con- Termi-
nector nal nector nal
Fully re-
0.5 - 1.0 V
leased
106 82
Fully de-
4.2 - 4.8 V
Accelerator pressed
E77 E77
pedal Fully re-
0.25 - 0.50 V
leased
98 83
Fully de-
2.0 - 2.5 V
pressed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Removal and Installation".
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct- G
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. H
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.
I
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE J
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? K
YES >> Proceed to EC-855, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
L
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524890
+
Voltage
Electric throttle control actuator −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F50 2 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. PBIB2604E
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
+ −
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
ator
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F50 4 F72 66 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and the ground.
+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
115
E77
116 Ground Existed
F72 1
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
+ −
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
ator
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 50
F50 F72 Existed
3 69
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
D
1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. E
3. Perform EC-591, "Description".
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Set selector lever to D position. F
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals
under the following conditions.
G
ECM
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal H
Fully released More than 0.36 V
50
Accelerator Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V
F72 66
pedal
I
Fully released Less than 4.75 V JPBIA5386ZZ
69
Fully depressed More than 0.36 V
Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-166, "Exploded View".
K
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-858, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524893
APP sensor
Voltage
+ −
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
E20 2 4 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. JPBIA5404ZZ
NO >> GO TO 2.
+ −
APP sensor ECM Continuity G
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E20 2 E77 90 Existed
H
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. I
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY-1
J
Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and
ground.
K
APP sensor
Voltage
+ −
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal L
E20 1 5 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12. M
JPBIA5403ZZ
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY-2 N
Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and
ground.
O
+
Voltage
APP sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal P
E20 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10. PBIB2611E
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Revision: August 2015 EC-859 2016 NV NAM
P2138 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
APP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E20 1 E77 91 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
+ −
ECM Sensor
Con- Termi- Connec-
Name Terminal
nector nal tor
F72 47 Throttle position sensor F50 2
E77 91 APP sensor E20 1
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
• Throttle position sensor (Refer to EC-861, "Component Inspection".)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace malfunctioning components.
9.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
APP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E20 4 E77 82 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
10.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ − A
APP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
E20 5 E77 83 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
11.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT D
Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and the ground.
E
+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal F
115
E77
116 Ground Existed
G
F72 1
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident". H
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
12.CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
I
1. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
J
APP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
3 106 K
E20 E77 Existed
6 98
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
M
13.CHECK APP SENSOR
Check APP sensor. Refer to EC-861, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Removal and Installation".
O
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524894
ECM
+ –
Condition Voltage
Con- Termi- Con- Termi-
nector nal nector nal
Fully re-
0.5 - 1.0 V
leased
106 82
Fully de- JPBIA5415ZZ
4.2 - 4.8 V
Accelerator pressed
E77 E77
pedal Fully re-
0.25 - 0.50 V
leased
98 83
Fully de-
2.0 - 2.5 V
pressed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Removal and Installation".
>> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING-2 L
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-594, "Description".
Will CONSULT be used? M
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1 N
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. O
2. Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Start engine.
4. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 80°C (176°F).
P
>> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-2
With CONSULT
1. Select “SYSTEM 1 DIAGNOSIS A B1”, “SYSTEM 1 DIAGNOSIS B B1”, “SYSTEM 1 DIAGNOSIS A B2”,
and “SYSTEM 1 DIAGNOSIS B B2” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
PBIB1216E
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. N
3. Check that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Without CONSULT O
1. Let engine idle.
PBIB3332E
PBIA9666J
SEF156I
ECM
Voltage
+ – Condition G
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
Slightly depressed 0V
E77 108 116 Brake pedal H
Fully released Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END JPBIA5399ZZ
I
NO >> Proceed to EC-869, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524900
J
1.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector. K
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between ASCD brake switch harness con-
nector and ground. L
+
ASCD brake switch − Voltage M
Connector Terminal
E37 1 Ground Battery voltage
N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. PBIB0857E
NO >> GO TO 2. O
2.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuse block (J/B) harness connector. P
3. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch harness connector and fuse block (J/B) harness con-
nector.
+ −
ASCD brake switch Fuse block (J/B) Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E37 1 E51 2T Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
ASCD brake switch ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E37 2 E77 108 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
Check ASCD brake switch. Refer to EC-870, "Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace ASCD brake switch. Refer to BR-22, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch) INFOID:0000000012524901
1.CHECK DTC
Check that DTC UXXXX is not displayed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
2.CHECK COMBINATION METER FUNCTION
Check combination meter function. Refer to MWI-17, "CONSULT Function (METER/M&A)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-68, "Exploded View".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. C
3. Touch “LOW” and “HI” on the CONSULT screen.
4. Check that cooling fan operates.
Without CONSULT D
1. Activate IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motor operation. Refer to PCS-8, "Diagnosis
Description".
2. Check that cooling fan operates. E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-873, "Diagnosis Procedure". F
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524906
+
I
IPDM E/R − Continuity
Connector Terminal
E122 38 J
Ground Existed
E124 59
Is the inspection result normal?
K
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT L
1. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and cooling fan motor harness connector.
M
− +
IPDM E/R Cooling fan motor Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal N
20 1
E120 E113 Existed
24 3
O
3. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. P
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between cooling fan motor harness connector and ground.
+
Cooling fan motor − Continuity
Connector Terminal
2
E113 Ground Existed
4
2. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR
Check the cooling fan motor. Refer to EC-874, "Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor)".
The electrical load signal (Headlamp switch signal, rear window defogger switch signal, etc.) is transferred via EC
the CAN communication.
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000012524910
C
1.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH FUNCTION
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Connect CONSULT and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”. D
3. Select “LOAD SIGNAL” and check indication as per the following conditions.
1.INSPECTION START O
Confirm the malfunctioning circuit (rear window defogger, headlamp or heater fan). Refer to EC-875, "Compo-
nent Function Check".
Which circuit is related to the incident? P
Rear window defogger>>GO TO 2.
Headlamp>>GO TO 3.
Heater fan>>GO TO 4.
2.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM
Check rear window defogger system. Refer to DEF-25, "Work Flow".
1.INSPECTION START EC
Turn ignition switch to START.
Are any cylinders ignited?
C
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Proceed to EC-877, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR FUNCTION D
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. E
3. Check that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Without CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound. F
I
PBIB3332E
J
1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector. K
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between fuel injector harness connector and
ground.
L
+
Cylinder Fuel injector − Voltage M
Connector Terminal
1 F30 1
2 F18 1
N
3 F41 1 PBIB0582E
4 F20 1 O
Ground Battery voltage
5 F42 1
6 F22 1
7 F45 1 P
8 F31 1
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
Revision: August 2015 EC-877 2016 NV NAM
FUEL INJECTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between fuel injector harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
Cylinder Fuel injector ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 F30 2 23
2 F18 2 42
3 F41 2 22
4 F20 2 41
F72 Existed
5 F42 2 21
6 F22 2 40
7 F45 2 44
8 F31 2 63
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
Check fuel injector. Refer to EC-878, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector. Refer to EM-181, "Exploded View".
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-25, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012524914
Fuel injector
+ − Resistance
Terminal
1 2 11.1 - 14.5 Ω [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END PBIB1727E
NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector. Refer to EM-181,
"Exploded View".
BBIA0357E
F
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524916
I
+
ECM − Voltage
Connector Terminal J
E77 113 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. K
PBIB1187E
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-2 L
Check the voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and
ground.
M
+
IPDM E/R − Voltage
Connector Terminal N
E122 46 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
O
YES >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. PBIB2656E
NO >> GO TO 8.
3.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-3 P
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
+
Fuel level sensor unit and
− Voltage
fuel pump
Connector Terminal
Battery voltage should exist for 1 second
C5 1 Ground
after ignition switch is turned ON.
Is the inspection result normal? PBIB0795E
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK 15A FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect 15A fuse (No. 48) from IPDM E/R.
3. Check 15 A fuse.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace fuse.
5.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-4
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
harness connector.
+ −
Fuel level sensor unit and
IPDM E/R Continuity
fuel pump
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E119 13 C5 1 Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector and ground.
+
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel
− Continuity
pump
Connector Terminal
C5 3 Ground Existed
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK FUEL PUMP
Refer to EC-881, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
1.INSPECTION START
Turn ignition switch OFF, and restart engine.
Does the engine start?
YES-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 2.
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 3.
NO >> Proceed to EC-882, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK IGNITION SIGNAL FUNCTION
With CONSULT
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Check that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-882, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3.CHECK IGNITION SIGNAL FUNCTION
Without CONSULT
1. Let engine idle.
2. Read the voltage signal between ECM harness connector termi-
nals with an oscilloscope.
ECM
+ –
Voltage signal
Connec- Connec-
Terminal Terminal
tor tor
46
60
JPBIA5435ZZ
61
62
F72 E77 116
65
79
80 JMBIA0035GB
81
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-882, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012524919
+
G
Condenser − Voltage
Connector Terminal
F21 1 Ground Battery voltage H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. PBIB0624E
NO >> GO TO 3. I
3.CHECK CONDENSER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and condenser harness connector.
K
+ −
IPDM E/R Condenser Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal L
E119 3 F21 1 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Refer to EC-618, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
N
4.CHECK CONDENSER GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the continuity between condenser harness connector and ground. O
+
Condenser − Continuity P
Connector Terminal
F21 2 Ground Existed
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: August 2015 EC-883 2016 NV NAM
IGNITION SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
5.CHECK CONDENSER
Check condenser. Refer to EC-886, "Component Inspection (Condenser)"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace condenser.
6.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between ignition coil harness connector and
ground.
+
Cylinder Ignition coil − Voltage
Connector Terminal
1 F47 3
2 F6 3
3 F48 3 PBIB0138E
4 F7 3
Ground Battery voltage
5 F49 3
6 F8 3
7 F51 3
8 F52 3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
7.CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the continuity between ignition coil harness connector and ground.
+
Cylinder Ignition coil − Continuity
Connector Terminal
1 F47 2
2 F6 2
3 F48 2
4 F7 2
Ground Existed
5 F49 2
6 F8 2
7 F51 2
8 F52 2
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check ignition coil with power transistor. Refer to EC-885, "Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power
Transistor)". H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor. Refer to EM-178, "Exploded View". I
Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power Transistor) INFOID:0000000012524920
1.CHECK CONDENSER
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
3. Check resistance between condenser terminals as per the fol-
lowing.
Condenser-1
+ − Resistance
Terminal
1 2 Above 1 MΩ [at 25°C (77°F)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END PBIB0794E
NO >> Replace condenser.
1.CHECK DTC E
Check that DTC UXXXX is not displayed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. F
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
2.CHECK COMBINATION METER FUNCTION
G
Check combination meter function. Refer to MWI-17, "CONSULT Function (METER/M&A)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. H
NO >> Repair or replace.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident". I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-68, "Exploded View".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. J
1.INSPECTION START
Check whether the following symptoms are present.
A: Fuel odor from EVAP canister is strong.
B: Cannot refuel/Fuel odor from the fuel filler opening is strong while refueling.
A or B
A >> GO TO 2.
B >> GO TO 7.
2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
2. Weigh the EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
The weight should be less than 2.5 kg (5.51 lb).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER IS SATURATED WITH WATER
Check if water will drain from EVAP canister
Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 6.
JMBIA1134GB
>> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection.
>> Repair or replace EVAP hose. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
6.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve. Refer to EC-890, "Component Inspection".
H
JMBIA1134GB
>> GO TO 10. J
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection.
K
>> Repair or replace EVAP hose. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
11.CHECK VENT HOSES AND VENT TUBES L
Check hoses and tubes between EVAP canister and refueling control valve for clogging, kinks, looseness and
improper connection.
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
12.CHECK FILLER NECK TUBE N
Check recirculation line for clogging, dents and cracks.
Is the inspection result normal?
O
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Replace filler neck tube.
13.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE P
Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve. Refer to EC-890, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank. Refer to FL-6, "Removal and Installation".
14.CHECK FUEL FILLER TUBE
Check filler neck tube and hose connected to the fuel tank for clogging, dents and cracks.
Revision: August 2015 EC-889 2016 NV NAM
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> Replace fuel filler tube. Refer to FL-6, "Removal and Installation".
15.CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-I
Check one-way valve for clogging.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 16.
NO >> Repair or replace one-way fuel valve with fuel tank. Refer to FL-6, "Removal and Installation".
16.CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-II
1. Check that fuel is drained from the tank.
2. Remove fuel filler tube and hose. Refer to FL-6, "Removal and Installation".
3. Check one-way fuel valve for operation as per the following.
When a stick is inserted, the valve should open, when removing
stick it should close.
Do not drop any material into the tank.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace fuel filler tube or replace one-way fuel valve
with fuel tank. Refer to FL-6, "Removal and Installation".
SEF665U
1.INSPECTION START
Will CONSULT be used?
Will CONSULT be used?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-6, "Removal and Installation".
3. Drain fuel from the tank as per the following:
- Remove fuel feed hose located on the fuel gauge retainer. Refer to EM-181, "Exploded View".
- Connect a spare fuel hose, one side to fuel gauge retainer where the hose was removed and the other
side to a fuel container.
- Drain fuel using “FUEL PUMP RELAY” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
4. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as per the following.
Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from the end of EVAP/ORVR line hose), and check that
the air flows freely into the tank.
5. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as per the following.
- Connect vacuum pump to hose end.
- Remove fuel gauge retainer with fuel gauge unit. Refer to FL-11, "Removal and Installation".
Always replace O-ring with new one.
- Turn fuel tank upside down.
EC
BBIA0401E
Without CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. H
2. Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-6, "Removal and Installation".
3. Drain fuel from the tank as per the following:
- Remove fuel gauge retainer.
- Drain fuel from the tank using a handy pump into a fuel container. I
4. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as per the following.
Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from the end of EVAP/ORVR line hose), and check that
the air flows freely into the tank. J
5. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as per the following.
- Connect vacuum pump to hose end.
- Remove fuel gauge retainer with fuel gauge unit. Refer to FL-11, "Removal and Installation".
Always replace O-ring with new one. K
- Turn fuel tank upside down.
- Apply vacuum pressure to hose end [−13.3 kPa (−0.136 kg/cm3, −1.93 psi)] with fuel gauge retainer
remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable. L
BBIA0401E
ECM
+ – Voltage
Connector
Terminal
70
(Refrigerant 67
F72 1.0 - 4.0 V
pressure sensor (Sensor ground)
signal) JPBIA5408ZZ
+
Voltage
Refrigerant pressure sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E48 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. PBIB0664E
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.
+ −
Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E48 1 F72 49 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Revision: August 2015 EC-892 2016 NV NAM
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56DE]
3. Check the continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor. A
+ −
Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM Continuity EC
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E48 3 F72 67 Existed
C
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. D
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
E
1. Check the continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.
F
+ −
Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal G
E48 2 F72 70 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
I
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-43, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. Refer to HAC-215, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
K
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
Symptom Table INFOID:0000000012524929
SYMPTOM
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
page
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
3 EC-669,
EC-673,
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit 1 2 2 2 2 2 EC-676,
EC-834
EC-658,
EC-720,
Throttle position sensor circuit EC-819,
EC-820,
2 2 EC-855
EC-803,
EC-848,
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit 3 2 1
EC-851,
EC-858
Knock sensor circuit 2 3 EC-729
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
page
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL
E
SYMPTOM
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
page
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA
Fuel Fuel tank FL-6
5
Fuel piping 5 5 5 5 5 5 FL-5
Vapor lock —
5
Valve deposit —
Poor fuel (Heavy weight gasoline, 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
—
Low octane)
Air Air duct EM-165
Air cleaner EM-165
Air leakage from air duct
(Mass air flow sensor — electric EM-165
5 5 5 5 5 5
throttle control actuator)
5 5 5 5
Electric throttle control actuator EM-166
Air leakage from intake manifold/
EM-166
Collector/Gasket
Cranking Battery PG-95
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 CHG-10
Generator circuit
CHG-13
1 STR-17
Starter circuit 3
STR-21
Signal plate 6 EM-200
PNP signal 4 TM-88
Engine Cylinder head
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-217
Cylinder head gasket 4 3
Cylinder block
Piston 4
Piston ring
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 EM-231
Connecting rod
Bearing
Crankshaft
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
page
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL
E
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE A
IDLE SPEED
Inspection INFOID:0000000012524931
EC
BBIA0377E
BBIA0379E
CAUTION: EC
• Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
• Never exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure in EVAP system.
NOTE:
C
• Do not start engine.
• Improper installation of EVAP service port adapter (commercial service tool) to the EVAP service port may
cause a leakage.
1. EVAP LEAK CHECK D
With CONSULT
1. To locate the EVAP leakage, install EVAP service port adapter E
(commercial service tool) and pressure pump to EVAP service
port.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select the “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT F
MODE” of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
4. Touch “START”. A bar graph (Pressure indicating display) will
appear on the screen. G
5. Apply positive pressure to the EVAP system until the pressure
indicator reaches the middle of the bar graph.
6. Remove EVAP service port adapter (commercial service tool)
and hose with pressure pump. Refer to EC-471, "ENGINE CON-
SEF462UA H
TROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location".
7. Locate the leakage using a leakage detector (commercial ser-
vice tool). Refer to EC-498, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYS- I
TEM : System Description".
SEF200U
L
Without CONSULT
1. To locate the EVAP leakage, install EVAP service port adapter
(commercial service tool) and pressure pump to EVAP service M
port.
2. Apply battery voltage between the terminals of EVAP canister
vent control valve to make a closed EVAP system. N
3. To locate the leakage, deliver positive pressure to the EVAP sys-
tem until pressure gauge points reach 1.38 to 2.76 kPa (0.014 to
0.028 kg/cm2, 0.2 to 0.4 psi).
4. Remove EVAP service port adapter (commercial service tool) O
and hose with pressure pump. Refer to EC-471, "ENGINE CON-
TROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location". SEF462UA
SEF200U
E
PBIB1589E
CAUTION:
Perform ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM. Refer to EC-588, "Description".
REMOVAL
1. Remove battery. Refer to PG-95, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-25, "Removal and Installation".
3. Disconnect ECM harness connectors. Refer to PG-7, "Harness Connector".
4. Remove ECM mounting nuts, and then remove ECM. Refer to EC-471, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM :
Component Parts Location".
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
Condition Specification
C
No load* (in P or N position) 600 ± 50 rpm
*: Under the following conditions
• A/C switch: OFF D
• Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
• Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position
Condition Specification F
No load* (in P or N position) 15 ± 2° BTDC
*: Under the following conditions
• A/C switch: OFF G
• Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
• Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position
H
Calculated Load Value INFOID:0000000012524938
I
Condition Specification (Using CONSULT or GST)
At idle 14 – 33 %
At 2,500 rpm 12 – 25 % J
Mass Air Flow Sensor INFOID:0000000012524939
K
Supply voltage Battery voltage (11 – 14 V)
Output voltage at idle (in N position) 0.9 – 1.3 V*
L
3.0 – 9.0 g/s at idle*
Mass air flow (Using CONSULT or GST)
9.0 – 28.0 g/s at 2,500 rpm*
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no load.
M